2019-05-27 14:55:01 +08:00
|
|
|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* net/dsa/slave.c - Slave device handling
|
dsa: add switch chip cascading support
The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch
chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be
interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support
for multiple switch chips on a network interface.
An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as
follows:
+-----+ +--------+ +--------+
| |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch |
| CPU +----------+ +-------+ |
| | | chip 0 | | chip 1 |
+-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+
|| ||
|| ||
||1000baseT ||1000baseT
||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16
This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer:
- The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still
only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example
above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own
mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name
array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need
some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm)
- The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to
use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet
accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit
according to which switch chip the packet is heading to.
(net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c)
- The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the
CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs
to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the
port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU
(port 10 for both switch chips in the example above).
- The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch
chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA
tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use
non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU
link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch
chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given
port in the port array.
- The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via
which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip.
This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[]
array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches
in the tree.
For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look
something like this:
static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = {
{
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 1,
.port_names[0] = "p1",
.port_names[1] = "p2",
.port_names[2] = "p3",
.port_names[3] = "p4",
.port_names[4] = "p5",
.port_names[5] = "p6",
.port_names[6] = "p7",
.port_names[7] = "p8",
.port_names[9] = "dsa",
.port_names[10] = "cpu",
.rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, },
}, {
.mii_bus = &foo,
.sw_addr = 2,
.port_names[0] = "p9",
.port_names[1] = "p10",
.port_names[2] = "p11",
.port_names[3] = "p12",
.port_names[4] = "p13",
.port_names[5] = "p14",
.port_names[6] = "p15",
.port_names[7] = "p16",
.port_names[10] = "dsa",
.rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, },
},
},
static struct dsa_platform_data pd = {
.netdev = &foo,
.nr_switches = 2,
.sw = sw,
};
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 17:52:09 +08:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Marvell Semiconductor
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/list.h>
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/phy.h>
|
2014-10-18 07:02:13 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/phy_fixed.h>
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/phylink.h>
|
2014-08-28 08:04:51 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/of_net.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <linux/of_mdio.h>
|
2016-01-07 03:11:18 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/mdio.h>
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <net/rtnetlink.h>
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <net/pkt_cls.h>
|
2021-04-19 21:01:06 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <net/selftests.h>
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <net/tc_act/tc_mirred.h>
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/if_bridge.h>
|
2021-02-10 09:02:12 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/if_hsr.h>
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <net/dcbnl.h>
|
2015-08-01 02:42:57 +08:00
|
|
|
#include <linux/netpoll.h>
|
2017-05-18 03:46:03 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "dsa_priv.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB
In preparation of disabling flooding towards the CPU in standalone ports
mode, identify the addresses requested by upper interfaces and use the
new API for DSA FDB isolation to request the hardware driver to offload
these as FDB or MDB objects. The objects belong to the user port's
database, and are installed pointing towards the CPU port.
Because dev_uc_add()/dev_mc_add() is VLAN-unaware, we offload to the
port standalone database addresses with VID 0 (also VLAN-unaware).
So this excludes switches with global VLAN filtering from supporting
unicast filtering, because there, it is possible for a port of a switch
to join a VLAN-aware bridge, and this changes the VLAN awareness of
standalone ports, requiring VLAN-aware standalone host FDB entries.
For the same reason, hellcreek, which requires VLAN awareness in
standalone mode, is also exempted from unicast filtering.
We create "standalone" variants of dsa_port_host_fdb_add() and
dsa_port_host_mdb_add() (and the _del coresponding functions).
We also create a separate work item type for handling deferred
standalone host FDB/MDB entries compared to the switchdev one.
This is done for the purpose of clarity - the procedure for offloading a
bridge FDB entry is different than offloading a standalone one, and
the switchdev event work handles only FDBs anyway, not MDBs.
Deferral is needed for standalone entries because ndo_set_rx_mode runs
in atomic context. We could probably optimize things a little by first
queuing up all entries that need to be offloaded, and scheduling the
work item just once, but the data structures that we can pass through
__dev_uc_sync() and __dev_mc_sync() are limiting (there is nothing like
a void *priv), so we'd have to keep the list of queued events somewhere
in struct dsa_switch, and possibly a lock for it. Too complicated for
now.
Adding the address to the master is handled by dev_uc_sync(), adding it
to the hardware is handled by __dev_uc_sync(). So this is the reason why
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add() does not call dev_uc_add(). Not that
it had the rtnl_mutex anyway - ndo_set_rx_mode has it, but is atomic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-03 03:14:10 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_standalone_event_work(struct work_struct *work)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_standalone_event_work *standalone_work =
|
|
|
|
|
container_of(work, struct dsa_standalone_event_work, work);
|
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char *addr = standalone_work->addr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev = standalone_work->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct switchdev_obj_port_mdb mdb;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
u16 vid = standalone_work->vid;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (standalone_work->event) {
|
|
|
|
|
case DSA_UC_ADD:
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add(dp, addr, vid);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
dev_err(ds->dev,
|
|
|
|
|
"port %d failed to add %pM vid %d to fdb: %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
dp->index, addr, vid, err);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case DSA_UC_DEL:
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_del(dp, addr, vid);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
dev_err(ds->dev,
|
|
|
|
|
"port %d failed to delete %pM vid %d from fdb: %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
dp->index, addr, vid, err);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case DSA_MC_ADD:
|
|
|
|
|
ether_addr_copy(mdb.addr, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
mdb.vid = vid;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_standalone_host_mdb_add(dp, &mdb);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
dev_err(ds->dev,
|
|
|
|
|
"port %d failed to add %pM vid %d to mdb: %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
dp->index, addr, vid, err);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case DSA_MC_DEL:
|
|
|
|
|
ether_addr_copy(mdb.addr, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
mdb.vid = vid;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_standalone_host_mdb_del(dp, &mdb);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
dev_err(ds->dev,
|
|
|
|
|
"port %d failed to delete %pM vid %d from mdb: %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
dp->index, addr, vid, err);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(standalone_work);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_schedule_standalone_work(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
enum dsa_standalone_event event,
|
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char *addr,
|
|
|
|
|
u16 vid)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_standalone_event_work *standalone_work;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
standalone_work = kzalloc(sizeof(*standalone_work), GFP_ATOMIC);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!standalone_work)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INIT_WORK(&standalone_work->work, dsa_slave_standalone_event_work);
|
|
|
|
|
standalone_work->event = event;
|
|
|
|
|
standalone_work->dev = dev;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ether_addr_copy(standalone_work->addr, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
standalone_work->vid = vid;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_schedule_work(&standalone_work->work);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_sync_uc(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char *addr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
net: dsa: fix missing host-filtered multicast addresses
DSA ports are stacked devices, so they use dev_mc_add() to sync their
address list to their lower interface (DSA master). But they are also
hardware devices, so they program those addresses to hardware using the
__dev_mc_add() sync and unsync callbacks.
Unfortunately both cannot work at the same time, and it seems that the
multicast addresses which are already present on the DSA master, like
33:33:00:00:00:01 (added by addrconf.c as in6addr_linklocal_allnodes)
are synced to the master via dev_mc_sync(), but not to hardware by
__dev_mc_sync().
This happens because both the dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_one()
code path, as well as __dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_dev(), operate
on the same variable: ha->sync_cnt, in a way that causes the "sync"
method (dsa_slave_sync_mc) to no longer be called.
To fix the issue we need to work with the API in the way in which it was
intended to be used, and therefore, call dev_uc_add() and friends for
each individual hardware address, from the sync and unsync callbacks.
Fixes: 5e8a1e03aa4d ("net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20220321163213.lrn5sk7m6grighbl@skbuf/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220322003701.2056895-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-22 08:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dev_uc_add(master, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(dp->ds))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB
In preparation of disabling flooding towards the CPU in standalone ports
mode, identify the addresses requested by upper interfaces and use the
new API for DSA FDB isolation to request the hardware driver to offload
these as FDB or MDB objects. The objects belong to the user port's
database, and are installed pointing towards the CPU port.
Because dev_uc_add()/dev_mc_add() is VLAN-unaware, we offload to the
port standalone database addresses with VID 0 (also VLAN-unaware).
So this excludes switches with global VLAN filtering from supporting
unicast filtering, because there, it is possible for a port of a switch
to join a VLAN-aware bridge, and this changes the VLAN awareness of
standalone ports, requiring VLAN-aware standalone host FDB entries.
For the same reason, hellcreek, which requires VLAN awareness in
standalone mode, is also exempted from unicast filtering.
We create "standalone" variants of dsa_port_host_fdb_add() and
dsa_port_host_mdb_add() (and the _del coresponding functions).
We also create a separate work item type for handling deferred
standalone host FDB/MDB entries compared to the switchdev one.
This is done for the purpose of clarity - the procedure for offloading a
bridge FDB entry is different than offloading a standalone one, and
the switchdev event work handles only FDBs anyway, not MDBs.
Deferral is needed for standalone entries because ndo_set_rx_mode runs
in atomic context. We could probably optimize things a little by first
queuing up all entries that need to be offloaded, and scheduling the
work item just once, but the data structures that we can pass through
__dev_uc_sync() and __dev_mc_sync() are limiting (there is nothing like
a void *priv), so we'd have to keep the list of queued events somewhere
in struct dsa_switch, and possibly a lock for it. Too complicated for
now.
Adding the address to the master is handled by dev_uc_sync(), adding it
to the hardware is handled by __dev_uc_sync(). So this is the reason why
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add() does not call dev_uc_add(). Not that
it had the rtnl_mutex anyway - ndo_set_rx_mode has it, but is atomic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-03 03:14:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_schedule_standalone_work(dev, DSA_UC_ADD, addr, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_unsync_uc(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char *addr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
net: dsa: fix missing host-filtered multicast addresses
DSA ports are stacked devices, so they use dev_mc_add() to sync their
address list to their lower interface (DSA master). But they are also
hardware devices, so they program those addresses to hardware using the
__dev_mc_add() sync and unsync callbacks.
Unfortunately both cannot work at the same time, and it seems that the
multicast addresses which are already present on the DSA master, like
33:33:00:00:00:01 (added by addrconf.c as in6addr_linklocal_allnodes)
are synced to the master via dev_mc_sync(), but not to hardware by
__dev_mc_sync().
This happens because both the dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_one()
code path, as well as __dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_dev(), operate
on the same variable: ha->sync_cnt, in a way that causes the "sync"
method (dsa_slave_sync_mc) to no longer be called.
To fix the issue we need to work with the API in the way in which it was
intended to be used, and therefore, call dev_uc_add() and friends for
each individual hardware address, from the sync and unsync callbacks.
Fixes: 5e8a1e03aa4d ("net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20220321163213.lrn5sk7m6grighbl@skbuf/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220322003701.2056895-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-22 08:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dev_uc_del(master, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(dp->ds))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB
In preparation of disabling flooding towards the CPU in standalone ports
mode, identify the addresses requested by upper interfaces and use the
new API for DSA FDB isolation to request the hardware driver to offload
these as FDB or MDB objects. The objects belong to the user port's
database, and are installed pointing towards the CPU port.
Because dev_uc_add()/dev_mc_add() is VLAN-unaware, we offload to the
port standalone database addresses with VID 0 (also VLAN-unaware).
So this excludes switches with global VLAN filtering from supporting
unicast filtering, because there, it is possible for a port of a switch
to join a VLAN-aware bridge, and this changes the VLAN awareness of
standalone ports, requiring VLAN-aware standalone host FDB entries.
For the same reason, hellcreek, which requires VLAN awareness in
standalone mode, is also exempted from unicast filtering.
We create "standalone" variants of dsa_port_host_fdb_add() and
dsa_port_host_mdb_add() (and the _del coresponding functions).
We also create a separate work item type for handling deferred
standalone host FDB/MDB entries compared to the switchdev one.
This is done for the purpose of clarity - the procedure for offloading a
bridge FDB entry is different than offloading a standalone one, and
the switchdev event work handles only FDBs anyway, not MDBs.
Deferral is needed for standalone entries because ndo_set_rx_mode runs
in atomic context. We could probably optimize things a little by first
queuing up all entries that need to be offloaded, and scheduling the
work item just once, but the data structures that we can pass through
__dev_uc_sync() and __dev_mc_sync() are limiting (there is nothing like
a void *priv), so we'd have to keep the list of queued events somewhere
in struct dsa_switch, and possibly a lock for it. Too complicated for
now.
Adding the address to the master is handled by dev_uc_sync(), adding it
to the hardware is handled by __dev_uc_sync(). So this is the reason why
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add() does not call dev_uc_add(). Not that
it had the rtnl_mutex anyway - ndo_set_rx_mode has it, but is atomic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-03 03:14:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_schedule_standalone_work(dev, DSA_UC_DEL, addr, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_sync_mc(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char *addr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
net: dsa: fix missing host-filtered multicast addresses
DSA ports are stacked devices, so they use dev_mc_add() to sync their
address list to their lower interface (DSA master). But they are also
hardware devices, so they program those addresses to hardware using the
__dev_mc_add() sync and unsync callbacks.
Unfortunately both cannot work at the same time, and it seems that the
multicast addresses which are already present on the DSA master, like
33:33:00:00:00:01 (added by addrconf.c as in6addr_linklocal_allnodes)
are synced to the master via dev_mc_sync(), but not to hardware by
__dev_mc_sync().
This happens because both the dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_one()
code path, as well as __dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_dev(), operate
on the same variable: ha->sync_cnt, in a way that causes the "sync"
method (dsa_slave_sync_mc) to no longer be called.
To fix the issue we need to work with the API in the way in which it was
intended to be used, and therefore, call dev_uc_add() and friends for
each individual hardware address, from the sync and unsync callbacks.
Fixes: 5e8a1e03aa4d ("net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20220321163213.lrn5sk7m6grighbl@skbuf/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220322003701.2056895-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-22 08:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dev_mc_add(master, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_switch_supports_mc_filtering(dp->ds))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB
In preparation of disabling flooding towards the CPU in standalone ports
mode, identify the addresses requested by upper interfaces and use the
new API for DSA FDB isolation to request the hardware driver to offload
these as FDB or MDB objects. The objects belong to the user port's
database, and are installed pointing towards the CPU port.
Because dev_uc_add()/dev_mc_add() is VLAN-unaware, we offload to the
port standalone database addresses with VID 0 (also VLAN-unaware).
So this excludes switches with global VLAN filtering from supporting
unicast filtering, because there, it is possible for a port of a switch
to join a VLAN-aware bridge, and this changes the VLAN awareness of
standalone ports, requiring VLAN-aware standalone host FDB entries.
For the same reason, hellcreek, which requires VLAN awareness in
standalone mode, is also exempted from unicast filtering.
We create "standalone" variants of dsa_port_host_fdb_add() and
dsa_port_host_mdb_add() (and the _del coresponding functions).
We also create a separate work item type for handling deferred
standalone host FDB/MDB entries compared to the switchdev one.
This is done for the purpose of clarity - the procedure for offloading a
bridge FDB entry is different than offloading a standalone one, and
the switchdev event work handles only FDBs anyway, not MDBs.
Deferral is needed for standalone entries because ndo_set_rx_mode runs
in atomic context. We could probably optimize things a little by first
queuing up all entries that need to be offloaded, and scheduling the
work item just once, but the data structures that we can pass through
__dev_uc_sync() and __dev_mc_sync() are limiting (there is nothing like
a void *priv), so we'd have to keep the list of queued events somewhere
in struct dsa_switch, and possibly a lock for it. Too complicated for
now.
Adding the address to the master is handled by dev_uc_sync(), adding it
to the hardware is handled by __dev_uc_sync(). So this is the reason why
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add() does not call dev_uc_add(). Not that
it had the rtnl_mutex anyway - ndo_set_rx_mode has it, but is atomic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-03 03:14:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_schedule_standalone_work(dev, DSA_MC_ADD, addr, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_unsync_mc(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
const unsigned char *addr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
net: dsa: fix missing host-filtered multicast addresses
DSA ports are stacked devices, so they use dev_mc_add() to sync their
address list to their lower interface (DSA master). But they are also
hardware devices, so they program those addresses to hardware using the
__dev_mc_add() sync and unsync callbacks.
Unfortunately both cannot work at the same time, and it seems that the
multicast addresses which are already present on the DSA master, like
33:33:00:00:00:01 (added by addrconf.c as in6addr_linklocal_allnodes)
are synced to the master via dev_mc_sync(), but not to hardware by
__dev_mc_sync().
This happens because both the dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_one()
code path, as well as __dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_dev(), operate
on the same variable: ha->sync_cnt, in a way that causes the "sync"
method (dsa_slave_sync_mc) to no longer be called.
To fix the issue we need to work with the API in the way in which it was
intended to be used, and therefore, call dev_uc_add() and friends for
each individual hardware address, from the sync and unsync callbacks.
Fixes: 5e8a1e03aa4d ("net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20220321163213.lrn5sk7m6grighbl@skbuf/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220322003701.2056895-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-22 08:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dev_mc_del(master, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_switch_supports_mc_filtering(dp->ds))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB
In preparation of disabling flooding towards the CPU in standalone ports
mode, identify the addresses requested by upper interfaces and use the
new API for DSA FDB isolation to request the hardware driver to offload
these as FDB or MDB objects. The objects belong to the user port's
database, and are installed pointing towards the CPU port.
Because dev_uc_add()/dev_mc_add() is VLAN-unaware, we offload to the
port standalone database addresses with VID 0 (also VLAN-unaware).
So this excludes switches with global VLAN filtering from supporting
unicast filtering, because there, it is possible for a port of a switch
to join a VLAN-aware bridge, and this changes the VLAN awareness of
standalone ports, requiring VLAN-aware standalone host FDB entries.
For the same reason, hellcreek, which requires VLAN awareness in
standalone mode, is also exempted from unicast filtering.
We create "standalone" variants of dsa_port_host_fdb_add() and
dsa_port_host_mdb_add() (and the _del coresponding functions).
We also create a separate work item type for handling deferred
standalone host FDB/MDB entries compared to the switchdev one.
This is done for the purpose of clarity - the procedure for offloading a
bridge FDB entry is different than offloading a standalone one, and
the switchdev event work handles only FDBs anyway, not MDBs.
Deferral is needed for standalone entries because ndo_set_rx_mode runs
in atomic context. We could probably optimize things a little by first
queuing up all entries that need to be offloaded, and scheduling the
work item just once, but the data structures that we can pass through
__dev_uc_sync() and __dev_mc_sync() are limiting (there is nothing like
a void *priv), so we'd have to keep the list of queued events somewhere
in struct dsa_switch, and possibly a lock for it. Too complicated for
now.
Adding the address to the master is handled by dev_uc_sync(), adding it
to the hardware is handled by __dev_uc_sync(). So this is the reason why
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add() does not call dev_uc_add(). Not that
it had the rtnl_mutex anyway - ndo_set_rx_mode has it, but is atomic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-03 03:14:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_schedule_standalone_work(dev, DSA_MC_DEL, addr, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:06:59 +08:00
|
|
|
void dsa_slave_sync_ha(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_hw_addr *ha;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netif_addr_lock_bh(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_synced_mc_addr(ha, dev)
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_sync_mc(dev, ha->addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_synced_uc_addr(ha, dev)
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_sync_uc(dev, ha->addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netif_addr_unlock_bh(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds) ||
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_switch_supports_mc_filtering(ds))
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_flush_workqueue();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void dsa_slave_unsync_ha(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_hw_addr *ha;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netif_addr_lock_bh(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_synced_uc_addr(ha, dev)
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_unsync_uc(dev, ha->addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_synced_mc_addr(ha, dev)
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_unsync_mc(dev, ha->addr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netif_addr_unlock_bh(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds) ||
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_switch_supports_mc_filtering(ds))
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_flush_workqueue();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
/* slave mii_bus handling ***************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_phy_read(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-08-28 08:04:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
return ds->ops->phy_read(ds, addr, reg);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0xffff;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_phy_write(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg, u16 val)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-08-28 08:04:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
return ds->ops->phy_write(ds, addr, reg, val);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void dsa_slave_mii_bus_init(struct dsa_switch *ds)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
ds->slave_mii_bus->priv = (void *)ds;
|
|
|
|
|
ds->slave_mii_bus->name = "dsa slave smi";
|
|
|
|
|
ds->slave_mii_bus->read = dsa_slave_phy_read;
|
|
|
|
|
ds->slave_mii_bus->write = dsa_slave_phy_write;
|
2016-06-08 07:32:38 +08:00
|
|
|
snprintf(ds->slave_mii_bus->id, MII_BUS_ID_SIZE, "dsa-%d.%d",
|
2017-11-04 07:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
ds->dst->index, ds->index);
|
2016-05-11 05:27:23 +08:00
|
|
|
ds->slave_mii_bus->parent = ds->dev;
|
net: dsa: set slave MII bus PHY mask
When registering a mdio bus, Linux assumes than every port has a PHY and tries
to scan it. If a switch port has no PHY registered, DSA will fail to register
the slave MII bus. To fix this, set the slave MII bus PHY mask to the switch
PHYs mask.
As an example, if we use a Marvell MV88E6352 (which is a 7-port switch with no
registered PHYs for port 5 and port 6), with the following declared names:
static struct dsa_chip_data switch_cdata = {
[...]
.port_names[0] = "sw0",
.port_names[1] = "sw1",
.port_names[2] = "sw2",
.port_names[3] = "sw3",
.port_names[4] = "sw4",
.port_names[5] = "cpu",
};
DSA will fail to create the switch instance. With the PHY mask set for the
slave MII bus, only the PHY for ports 0-4 will be scanned and the instance will
be successfully created.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-21 08:13:32 +08:00
|
|
|
ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_mask = ~ds->phys_mii_mask;
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* slave device handling ****************************************************/
|
2015-04-02 23:07:08 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_get_iflink(const struct net_device *dev)
|
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent
..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output:
1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue
2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000
3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000
4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 17:49:49 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_to_master(dev)->ifindex;
|
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent
..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output:
1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue
2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000
3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000
4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 17:49:49 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_open(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-05 21:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dev_open(master, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err < 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(dev, "failed to open master %s\n", master->name);
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds)) {
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add(dp, dev->dev_addr, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-09 02:56:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr)) {
|
2010-04-02 05:22:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dev_uc_add(master, dev->dev_addr);
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err < 0)
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
goto del_host_addr;
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-03 23:01:46 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_enable_rt(dp, dev->phydev);
|
2017-09-23 07:01:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err)
|
2022-03-03 03:14:08 +08:00
|
|
|
goto del_unicast;
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
del_unicast:
|
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-09 02:56:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
|
2010-04-02 05:22:09 +08:00
|
|
|
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
del_host_addr:
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds))
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_del(dp, dev->dev_addr, 0);
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_close(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-03 23:01:46 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_port_disable_rt(dp);
|
2017-09-23 07:01:55 +08:00
|
|
|
|
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-09 02:56:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
|
2010-04-02 05:22:09 +08:00
|
|
|
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds))
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_del(dp, dev->dev_addr, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: felix: manage host flooding using a specific driver callback
At the time - commit 7569459a52c9 ("net: dsa: manage flooding on the CPU
ports") - not introducing a dedicated switch callback for host flooding
made sense, because for the only user, the felix driver, there was
nothing different to do for the CPU port than set the flood flags on the
CPU port just like on any other bridge port.
There are 2 reasons why this approach is not good enough, however.
(1) Other drivers, like sja1105, support configuring flooding as a
function of {ingress port, egress port}, whereas the DSA
->port_bridge_flags() function only operates on an egress port.
So with that driver we'd have useless host flooding from user ports
which don't need it.
(2) Even with the felix driver, support for multiple CPU ports makes it
difficult to piggyback on ->port_bridge_flags(). The way in which
the felix driver is going to support host-filtered addresses with
multiple CPU ports is that it will direct these addresses towards
both CPU ports (in a sort of multicast fashion), then restrict the
forwarding to only one of the two using the forwarding masks.
Consequently, flooding will also be enabled towards both CPU ports.
However, ->port_bridge_flags() gets passed the index of a single CPU
port, and that leaves the flood settings out of sync between the 2
CPU ports.
This is to say, it's better to have a specific driver method for host
flooding, which takes the user port as argument. This solves problem (1)
by allowing the driver to do different things for different user ports,
and problem (2) by abstracting the operation and letting the driver do
whatever, rather than explicitly making the DSA core point to the CPU
port it thinks needs to be touched.
This new method also creates a problem, which is that cross-chip setups
are not handled. However I don't have hardware right now where I can
test what is the proper thing to do, and there isn't hardware compatible
with multi-switch trees that supports host flooding. So it remains a
problem to be tackled in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-05-11 17:50:17 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_manage_host_flood(struct net_device *dev)
|
2022-03-03 03:14:12 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
net: dsa: felix: manage host flooding using a specific driver callback
At the time - commit 7569459a52c9 ("net: dsa: manage flooding on the CPU
ports") - not introducing a dedicated switch callback for host flooding
made sense, because for the only user, the felix driver, there was
nothing different to do for the CPU port than set the flood flags on the
CPU port just like on any other bridge port.
There are 2 reasons why this approach is not good enough, however.
(1) Other drivers, like sja1105, support configuring flooding as a
function of {ingress port, egress port}, whereas the DSA
->port_bridge_flags() function only operates on an egress port.
So with that driver we'd have useless host flooding from user ports
which don't need it.
(2) Even with the felix driver, support for multiple CPU ports makes it
difficult to piggyback on ->port_bridge_flags(). The way in which
the felix driver is going to support host-filtered addresses with
multiple CPU ports is that it will direct these addresses towards
both CPU ports (in a sort of multicast fashion), then restrict the
forwarding to only one of the two using the forwarding masks.
Consequently, flooding will also be enabled towards both CPU ports.
However, ->port_bridge_flags() gets passed the index of a single CPU
port, and that leaves the flood settings out of sync between the 2
CPU ports.
This is to say, it's better to have a specific driver method for host
flooding, which takes the user port as argument. This solves problem (1)
by allowing the driver to do different things for different user ports,
and problem (2) by abstracting the operation and letting the driver do
whatever, rather than explicitly making the DSA core point to the CPU
port it thinks needs to be touched.
This new method also creates a problem, which is that cross-chip setups
are not handled. However I don't have hardware right now where I can
test what is the proper thing to do, and there isn't hardware compatible
with multi-switch trees that supports host flooding. So it remains a
problem to be tackled in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-05-11 17:50:17 +08:00
|
|
|
bool mc = dev->flags & (IFF_PROMISC | IFF_ALLMULTI);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
bool uc = dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC;
|
2022-03-03 03:14:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: felix: manage host flooding using a specific driver callback
At the time - commit 7569459a52c9 ("net: dsa: manage flooding on the CPU
ports") - not introducing a dedicated switch callback for host flooding
made sense, because for the only user, the felix driver, there was
nothing different to do for the CPU port than set the flood flags on the
CPU port just like on any other bridge port.
There are 2 reasons why this approach is not good enough, however.
(1) Other drivers, like sja1105, support configuring flooding as a
function of {ingress port, egress port}, whereas the DSA
->port_bridge_flags() function only operates on an egress port.
So with that driver we'd have useless host flooding from user ports
which don't need it.
(2) Even with the felix driver, support for multiple CPU ports makes it
difficult to piggyback on ->port_bridge_flags(). The way in which
the felix driver is going to support host-filtered addresses with
multiple CPU ports is that it will direct these addresses towards
both CPU ports (in a sort of multicast fashion), then restrict the
forwarding to only one of the two using the forwarding masks.
Consequently, flooding will also be enabled towards both CPU ports.
However, ->port_bridge_flags() gets passed the index of a single CPU
port, and that leaves the flood settings out of sync between the 2
CPU ports.
This is to say, it's better to have a specific driver method for host
flooding, which takes the user port as argument. This solves problem (1)
by allowing the driver to do different things for different user ports,
and problem (2) by abstracting the operation and letting the driver do
whatever, rather than explicitly making the DSA core point to the CPU
port it thinks needs to be touched.
This new method also creates a problem, which is that cross-chip setups
are not handled. However I don't have hardware right now where I can
test what is the proper thing to do, and there isn't hardware compatible
with multi-switch trees that supports host flooding. So it remains a
problem to be tackled in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-05-11 17:50:17 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_port_set_host_flood(dp, uc, mc);
|
2022-03-03 03:14:12 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_change_rx_flags(struct net_device *dev, int change)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
2022-03-03 03:14:12 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2022-03-03 03:14:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (change & IFF_ALLMULTI)
|
|
|
|
|
dev_set_allmulti(master,
|
|
|
|
|
dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI ? 1 : -1);
|
|
|
|
|
if (change & IFF_PROMISC)
|
|
|
|
|
dev_set_promiscuity(master,
|
|
|
|
|
dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC ? 1 : -1);
|
2022-03-03 03:14:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds) &&
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_switch_supports_mc_filtering(ds))
|
net: dsa: felix: manage host flooding using a specific driver callback
At the time - commit 7569459a52c9 ("net: dsa: manage flooding on the CPU
ports") - not introducing a dedicated switch callback for host flooding
made sense, because for the only user, the felix driver, there was
nothing different to do for the CPU port than set the flood flags on the
CPU port just like on any other bridge port.
There are 2 reasons why this approach is not good enough, however.
(1) Other drivers, like sja1105, support configuring flooding as a
function of {ingress port, egress port}, whereas the DSA
->port_bridge_flags() function only operates on an egress port.
So with that driver we'd have useless host flooding from user ports
which don't need it.
(2) Even with the felix driver, support for multiple CPU ports makes it
difficult to piggyback on ->port_bridge_flags(). The way in which
the felix driver is going to support host-filtered addresses with
multiple CPU ports is that it will direct these addresses towards
both CPU ports (in a sort of multicast fashion), then restrict the
forwarding to only one of the two using the forwarding masks.
Consequently, flooding will also be enabled towards both CPU ports.
However, ->port_bridge_flags() gets passed the index of a single CPU
port, and that leaves the flood settings out of sync between the 2
CPU ports.
This is to say, it's better to have a specific driver method for host
flooding, which takes the user port as argument. This solves problem (1)
by allowing the driver to do different things for different user ports,
and problem (2) by abstracting the operation and letting the driver do
whatever, rather than explicitly making the DSA core point to the CPU
port it thinks needs to be touched.
This new method also creates a problem, which is that cross-chip setups
are not handled. However I don't have hardware right now where I can
test what is the proper thing to do, and there isn't hardware compatible
with multi-switch trees that supports host flooding. So it remains a
problem to be tackled in the future.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-05-11 17:50:17 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_slave_manage_host_flood(dev);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
net: dsa: fix missing host-filtered multicast addresses
DSA ports are stacked devices, so they use dev_mc_add() to sync their
address list to their lower interface (DSA master). But they are also
hardware devices, so they program those addresses to hardware using the
__dev_mc_add() sync and unsync callbacks.
Unfortunately both cannot work at the same time, and it seems that the
multicast addresses which are already present on the DSA master, like
33:33:00:00:00:01 (added by addrconf.c as in6addr_linklocal_allnodes)
are synced to the master via dev_mc_sync(), but not to hardware by
__dev_mc_sync().
This happens because both the dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_one()
code path, as well as __dev_mc_sync() -> __hw_addr_sync_dev(), operate
on the same variable: ha->sync_cnt, in a way that causes the "sync"
method (dsa_slave_sync_mc) to no longer be called.
To fix the issue we need to work with the API in the way in which it was
intended to be used, and therefore, call dev_uc_add() and friends for
each individual hardware address, from the sync and unsync callbacks.
Fixes: 5e8a1e03aa4d ("net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB")
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20220321163213.lrn5sk7m6grighbl@skbuf/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220322003701.2056895-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-03-22 08:37:01 +08:00
|
|
|
__dev_mc_sync(dev, dsa_slave_sync_mc, dsa_slave_unsync_mc);
|
|
|
|
|
__dev_uc_sync(dev, dsa_slave_sync_uc, dsa_slave_unsync_uc);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_set_mac_address(struct net_device *dev, void *a)
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *addr = a;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!is_valid_ether_addr(addr->sa_data))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EADDRNOTAVAIL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-03-08 17:15:13 +08:00
|
|
|
/* If the port is down, the address isn't synced yet to hardware or
|
|
|
|
|
* to the DSA master, so there is nothing to change.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_change_dev_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds)) {
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add(dp, addr->sa_data, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-09 02:56:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ether_addr_equal(addr->sa_data, master->dev_addr)) {
|
2010-04-02 05:22:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dev_uc_add(master, addr->sa_data);
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err < 0)
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
goto del_unicast;
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-09 02:56:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
|
2010-04-02 05:22:09 +08:00
|
|
|
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
|
2008-11-11 13:53:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds))
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_del(dp, dev->dev_addr, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-03-08 17:15:13 +08:00
|
|
|
out_change_dev_addr:
|
2021-10-02 05:32:22 +08:00
|
|
|
eth_hw_addr_set(dev, addr->sa_data);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2022-03-03 03:14:11 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
del_unicast:
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds))
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_del(dp, addr->sa_data, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-06 21:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx {
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb;
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_callback *cb;
|
|
|
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump(const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid,
|
|
|
|
|
bool is_static, void *data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx *dump = data;
|
|
|
|
|
u32 portid = NETLINK_CB(dump->cb->skb).portid;
|
|
|
|
|
u32 seq = dump->cb->nlh->nlmsg_seq;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
|
|
|
|
|
struct ndmsg *ndm;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dump->idx < dump->cb->args[2])
|
|
|
|
|
goto skip;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nlh = nlmsg_put(dump->skb, portid, seq, RTM_NEWNEIGH,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof(*ndm), NLM_F_MULTI);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!nlh)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EMSGSIZE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ndm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
|
|
|
|
|
ndm->ndm_family = AF_BRIDGE;
|
|
|
|
|
ndm->ndm_pad1 = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
ndm->ndm_pad2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
ndm->ndm_flags = NTF_SELF;
|
|
|
|
|
ndm->ndm_type = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
ndm->ndm_ifindex = dump->dev->ifindex;
|
|
|
|
|
ndm->ndm_state = is_static ? NUD_NOARP : NUD_REACHABLE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (nla_put(dump->skb, NDA_LLADDR, ETH_ALEN, addr))
|
|
|
|
|
goto nla_put_failure;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (vid && nla_put_u16(dump->skb, NDA_VLAN, vid))
|
|
|
|
|
goto nla_put_failure;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nlmsg_end(dump->skb, nlh);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
skip:
|
|
|
|
|
dump->idx++;
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nla_put_failure:
|
|
|
|
|
nlmsg_cancel(dump->skb, nlh);
|
|
|
|
|
return -EMSGSIZE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_fdb_dump(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb,
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev, struct net_device *filter_dev,
|
|
|
|
|
int *idx)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2017-08-06 21:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx dump = {
|
|
|
|
|
.dev = dev,
|
|
|
|
|
.skb = skb,
|
|
|
|
|
.cb = cb,
|
|
|
|
|
.idx = *idx,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-21 07:32:14 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_fdb_dump(dp, dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump, &dump);
|
2017-08-06 21:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
*idx = dump.idx;
|
2017-09-21 07:32:14 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-08-06 21:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_ioctl(struct net_device *dev, struct ifreq *ifr, int cmd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-02-14 08:07:48 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
int port = p->dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Pass through to switch driver if it supports timestamping */
|
|
|
|
|
switch (cmd) {
|
|
|
|
|
case SIOCGHWTSTAMP:
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_get)
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_get(ds, port, ifr);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case SIOCSHWTSTAMP:
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_set)
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_set(ds, port, ifr);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
return phylink_mii_ioctl(p->dp->pl, ifr, cmd);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:24 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_port_attr_set(struct net_device *dev, const void *ctx,
|
2021-02-12 23:15:51 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct switchdev_attr *attr,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
|
2015-05-11 00:47:51 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2015-09-30 00:38:36 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
2015-05-11 00:47:51 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ctx && ctx != dp)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-05-11 00:47:51 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (attr->id) {
|
2015-10-01 17:03:42 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE:
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, attr->orig_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: don't fast age standalone ports
DSA drives the procedure to flush dynamic FDB entries from a port based
on the change of STP state: whenever we go from a state where address
learning is enabled (LEARNING, FORWARDING) to a state where it isn't
(LISTENING, BLOCKING, DISABLED), we need to flush the existing dynamic
entries.
However, there are cases when this is not needed. Internally, when a
DSA switch interface is not under a bridge, DSA still keeps it in the
"FORWARDING" STP state. And when that interface joins a bridge, the
bridge will meticulously iterate that port through all STP states,
starting with BLOCKING and ending with FORWARDING. Because there is a
state transition from the standalone version of FORWARDING into the
temporary BLOCKING bridge port state, DSA calls the fast age procedure.
Since commit 5e38c15856e9 ("net: dsa: configure better brport flags when
ports leave the bridge"), DSA asks standalone ports to disable address
learning. Therefore, there can be no dynamic FDB entries on a standalone
port. Therefore, it does not make sense to flush dynamic FDB entries on
one.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-08 19:16:37 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_set_state(dp, attr->u.stp_state, true);
|
2015-05-11 00:47:51 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2022-03-16 23:08:54 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MST_STATE:
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, attr->orig_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_set_mst_state(dp, &attr->u.mst_state, extack);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2016-02-27 02:16:00 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING:
|
2021-12-07 00:57:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, attr->orig_dev))
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-02-14 04:43:19 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_vlan_filtering(dp, attr->u.vlan_filtering,
|
|
|
|
|
extack);
|
2016-02-27 02:16:00 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2016-07-19 08:45:38 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME:
|
2021-12-07 00:57:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, attr->orig_dev))
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port attributes
Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port attributes were
transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional
model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a
commit phase that was supposed to never fail.
Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or
memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the
memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid
memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceffc1 ("switchdev: Remove unused
transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of
passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another.
It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit
phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not
something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are
no switchdev callers that depend on this.
This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port
attribute notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this
member.
In part, this patch contains a revert of my previous commit 2e554a7a5d8a
("net: dsa: propagate switchdev vlan_filtering prepare phase to
drivers").
For the most part, the conversion was trivial except for:
- Rocker's world implementation based on Broadcom OF-DPA had an odd
implementation of ofdpa_port_attr_bridge_flags_set. The conversion was
done mechanically, by pasting the implementation twice, then only
keeping the code that would get executed during prepare phase on top,
then only keeping the code that gets executed during the commit phase
on bottom, then simplifying the resulting code until this was obtained.
- DSA's offloading of STP state, bridge flags, VLAN filtering and
multicast router could be converted right away. But the ageing time
could not, so a shim was introduced and this was left for a further
commit.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366RB
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_ageing_time(dp, attr->u.ageing_time);
|
2016-07-19 08:45:38 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2022-03-16 23:08:52 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MST:
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, attr->orig_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_mst_enable(dp, attr->u.mst, extack);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2019-02-21 08:58:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS:
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, attr->orig_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags
There are multiple ways in which a PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute can be
expressed by the bridge through switchdev, and not all of them can be
emulated by DSA mid-layer API at the same time.
One possible configuration is when the bridge offloads the port flags
using a mask that has a single bit set - therefore only one feature
should change. However, DSA currently groups together unicast and
multicast flooding in the .port_egress_floods method, which limits our
options when we try to add support for turning off broadcast flooding:
do we extend .port_egress_floods with a third parameter which b53 and
mv88e6xxx will ignore? But that means that the DSA layer, which
currently implements the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute all by itself, will
see that .port_egress_floods is implemented, and will report that all 3
types of flooding are supported - not necessarily true.
Another configuration is when the user specifies more than one flag at
the same time, in the same netlink message. If we were to create one
individual function per offloadable bridge port flag, we would limit the
expressiveness of the switch driver of refusing certain combinations of
flag values. For example, a switch may not have an explicit knob for
flooding of unknown multicast, just for flooding in general. In that
case, the only correct thing to do is to allow changes to BR_FLOOD and
BR_MCAST_FLOOD in tandem, and never allow mismatched values. But having
a separate .port_set_unicast_flood and .port_set_multicast_flood would
not allow the driver to possibly reject that.
Also, DSA doesn't consider it necessary to inform the driver that a
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute was offloaded, because it
just calls .port_egress_floods for the CPU port. When we'll add support
for the plain SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MROUTER, that will become a real
problem because the flood settings will need to be held statefully in
the DSA middle layer, otherwise changing the mrouter port attribute will
impact the flooding attribute. And that's _assuming_ that the underlying
hardware doesn't have anything else to do when a multicast router
attaches to a port than flood unknown traffic to it. If it does, there
will need to be a dedicated .port_set_mrouter anyway.
So we need to let the DSA drivers see the exact form that the bridge
passes this switchdev attribute in, otherwise we are standing in the
way. Therefore we also need to use this form of language when
communicating to the driver that it needs to configure its initial
(before bridge join) and final (after bridge leave) port flags.
The b53 and mv88e6xxx drivers are converted to the passthrough API and
their implementation of .port_egress_floods is split into two: a
function that configures unicast flooding and another for multicast.
The mv88e6xxx implementation is quite hairy, and it turns out that
the implementations of unknown unicast flooding are actually the same
for 6185 and for 6352:
behind the confusing names actually lie two individual bits:
NO_UNKNOWN_MC -> FLOOD_UC = 0x4 = BIT(2)
NO_UNKNOWN_UC -> FLOOD_MC = 0x8 = BIT(3)
so there was no reason to entangle them in the first place.
Whereas the 6185 writes to MV88E6185_PORT_CTL0_FORWARD_UNKNOWN of
PORT_CTL0, which has the exact same bit index. I have left the
implementations separate though, for the only reason that the names are
different enough to confuse me, since I am not able to double-check with
a user manual. The multicast flooding setting for 6185 is in a different
register than for 6352 though.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-02-12 23:15:56 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_pre_bridge_flags(dp, attr->u.brport_flags,
|
|
|
|
|
extack);
|
2019-02-21 08:58:22 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2019-02-21 07:35:04 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS:
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, attr->orig_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags
There are multiple ways in which a PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute can be
expressed by the bridge through switchdev, and not all of them can be
emulated by DSA mid-layer API at the same time.
One possible configuration is when the bridge offloads the port flags
using a mask that has a single bit set - therefore only one feature
should change. However, DSA currently groups together unicast and
multicast flooding in the .port_egress_floods method, which limits our
options when we try to add support for turning off broadcast flooding:
do we extend .port_egress_floods with a third parameter which b53 and
mv88e6xxx will ignore? But that means that the DSA layer, which
currently implements the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute all by itself, will
see that .port_egress_floods is implemented, and will report that all 3
types of flooding are supported - not necessarily true.
Another configuration is when the user specifies more than one flag at
the same time, in the same netlink message. If we were to create one
individual function per offloadable bridge port flag, we would limit the
expressiveness of the switch driver of refusing certain combinations of
flag values. For example, a switch may not have an explicit knob for
flooding of unknown multicast, just for flooding in general. In that
case, the only correct thing to do is to allow changes to BR_FLOOD and
BR_MCAST_FLOOD in tandem, and never allow mismatched values. But having
a separate .port_set_unicast_flood and .port_set_multicast_flood would
not allow the driver to possibly reject that.
Also, DSA doesn't consider it necessary to inform the driver that a
SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute was offloaded, because it
just calls .port_egress_floods for the CPU port. When we'll add support
for the plain SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MROUTER, that will become a real
problem because the flood settings will need to be held statefully in
the DSA middle layer, otherwise changing the mrouter port attribute will
impact the flooding attribute. And that's _assuming_ that the underlying
hardware doesn't have anything else to do when a multicast router
attaches to a port than flood unknown traffic to it. If it does, there
will need to be a dedicated .port_set_mrouter anyway.
So we need to let the DSA drivers see the exact form that the bridge
passes this switchdev attribute in, otherwise we are standing in the
way. Therefore we also need to use this form of language when
communicating to the driver that it needs to configure its initial
(before bridge join) and final (after bridge leave) port flags.
The b53 and mv88e6xxx drivers are converted to the passthrough API and
their implementation of .port_egress_floods is split into two: a
function that configures unicast flooding and another for multicast.
The mv88e6xxx implementation is quite hairy, and it turns out that
the implementations of unknown unicast flooding are actually the same
for 6185 and for 6352:
behind the confusing names actually lie two individual bits:
NO_UNKNOWN_MC -> FLOOD_UC = 0x4 = BIT(2)
NO_UNKNOWN_UC -> FLOOD_MC = 0x8 = BIT(3)
so there was no reason to entangle them in the first place.
Whereas the 6185 writes to MV88E6185_PORT_CTL0_FORWARD_UNKNOWN of
PORT_CTL0, which has the exact same bit index. I have left the
implementations separate though, for the only reason that the names are
different enough to confuse me, since I am not able to double-check with
a user manual. The multicast flooding setting for 6185 is in a different
register than for 6352 though.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-02-12 23:15:56 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_bridge_flags(dp, attr->u.brport_flags, extack);
|
2019-02-21 07:35:04 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2022-03-16 23:08:53 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_VLAN_MSTI:
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, attr->orig_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_vlan_msti(dp, &attr->u.vlan_msti);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2015-05-11 00:47:51 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 08:10:26 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Must be called under rcu_read_lock() */
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_vlan_check_for_8021q_uppers(struct net_device *slave,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *upper_dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head *iter;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_upper_dev_rcu(slave, upper_dev, iter) {
|
|
|
|
|
u16 vid;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!is_vlan_dev(upper_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vid = vlan_dev_vlan_id(upper_dev);
|
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects
The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something
like this today:
nbp_vlan_init
| __br_vlan_set_default_pvid
| | |
| | br_afspec |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_process_vlan_info |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_vlan_info |
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
v v v v v
nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+
| ^ ^ | |
| / | | |
| / / / |
\ br_vlan_get_master/ / v
\ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing
\ | / / |
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
v | | v /
__vlan_add /
/ | /
/ | /
v | /
__vlan_vid_add | /
\ | /
v v v
br_switchdev_port_vlan_add
The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838
("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and
dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec)
have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info
tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth.
Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function
in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink").
That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made
full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like
this:
br_setlink
-> br_afspec
-> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink
Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated.
Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original")
came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement
.ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while.
In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op
first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the
br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today.
But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one.
Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit
29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from
switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any
longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted.
This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from
switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones
offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add
(the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about
bridge VLANs")).
That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in
the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when
the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated.
Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the
bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects
of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For
example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID
flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid?
This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e
("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API
perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the
vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can
modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN
object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever
other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that
flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are
supposed to guess).
Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look
scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that.
When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN.
It is all unnecessary complexity.
And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and
all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and
removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN
100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through
switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN
change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out
there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and
those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the
API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being
addressed in the future.
Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only
Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time,
through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the
driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but
I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for
ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and
nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
|
|
|
if (vid == vlan->vid)
|
2020-09-21 08:10:26 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EBUSY;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-26 01:25:17 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_vlan_add(struct net_device *dev,
|
net: dsa: set configure_vlan_while_not_filtering to true by default
As explained in commit 54a0ed0df496 ("net: dsa: provide an option for
drivers to always receive bridge VLANs"), DSA has historically been
skipping VLAN switchdev operations when the bridge wasn't in
vlan_filtering mode, but the reason why it was doing that has never been
clear. So the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering option is there merely
to preserve functionality for existing drivers. It isn't some behavior
that drivers should opt into. Ideally, when all drivers leave this flag
set, we can delete the dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration() function.
New drivers always seem to omit setting this flag, for some reason. So
let's reverse the logic: the DSA core sets it by default to true before
the .setup() callback, and legacy drivers can turn it off. This way, new
drivers get the new behavior by default, unless they explicitly set the
flag to false, which is more obvious during review.
Remove the assignment from drivers which were setting it to true, and
add the assignment to false for the drivers that didn't previously have
it. This way, it should be easier to see how many we have left.
The following drivers: lan9303, mv88e6060 were skipped from setting this
flag to false, because they didn't have any VLAN offload ops in the
first place.
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 driver calls the common b53_switch_alloc and
therefore also inherits the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering=true
behavior.
Also, print a message through netlink extack every time a VLAN has been
skipped. This is mildly annoying on purpose, so that (a) it is at least
clear that VLANs are being skipped - the legacy behavior in itself is
confusing, and the extack should be much more difficult to miss, unlike
kernel logs - and (b) people have one more incentive to convert to the
new behavior.
No behavior change except for the added prints is intended at this time.
$ ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
$ ip link set sw0p2 master br0
[ 60.315148] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.320350] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered disabled state
[ 60.327839] device sw0p2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 60.334905] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.340142] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered forwarding state
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. # This was the pvid
$ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115231919.43834-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-16 07:19:19 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
|
2019-08-26 01:25:17 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan;
|
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects
The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something
like this today:
nbp_vlan_init
| __br_vlan_set_default_pvid
| | |
| | br_afspec |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_process_vlan_info |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_vlan_info |
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
v v v v v
nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+
| ^ ^ | |
| / | | |
| / / / |
\ br_vlan_get_master/ / v
\ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing
\ | / / |
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
v | | v /
__vlan_add /
/ | /
/ | /
v | /
__vlan_vid_add | /
\ | /
v v v
br_switchdev_port_vlan_add
The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838
("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and
dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec)
have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info
tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth.
Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function
in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink").
That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made
full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like
this:
br_setlink
-> br_afspec
-> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink
Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated.
Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original")
came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement
.ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while.
In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op
first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the
br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today.
But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one.
Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit
29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from
switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any
longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted.
This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from
switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones
offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add
(the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about
bridge VLANs")).
That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in
the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when
the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated.
Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the
bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects
of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For
example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID
flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid?
This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e
("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API
perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the
vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can
modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN
object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever
other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that
flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are
supposed to guess).
Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look
scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that.
When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN.
It is all unnecessary complexity.
And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and
all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and
removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN
100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through
switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN
change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out
there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and
those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the
API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being
addressed in the future.
Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only
Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time,
through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the
driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but
I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for
ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and
nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
2019-08-26 01:25:17 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: set configure_vlan_while_not_filtering to true by default
As explained in commit 54a0ed0df496 ("net: dsa: provide an option for
drivers to always receive bridge VLANs"), DSA has historically been
skipping VLAN switchdev operations when the bridge wasn't in
vlan_filtering mode, but the reason why it was doing that has never been
clear. So the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering option is there merely
to preserve functionality for existing drivers. It isn't some behavior
that drivers should opt into. Ideally, when all drivers leave this flag
set, we can delete the dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration() function.
New drivers always seem to omit setting this flag, for some reason. So
let's reverse the logic: the DSA core sets it by default to true before
the .setup() callback, and legacy drivers can turn it off. This way, new
drivers get the new behavior by default, unless they explicitly set the
flag to false, which is more obvious during review.
Remove the assignment from drivers which were setting it to true, and
add the assignment to false for the drivers that didn't previously have
it. This way, it should be easier to see how many we have left.
The following drivers: lan9303, mv88e6060 were skipped from setting this
flag to false, because they didn't have any VLAN offload ops in the
first place.
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 driver calls the common b53_switch_alloc and
therefore also inherits the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering=true
behavior.
Also, print a message through netlink extack every time a VLAN has been
skipped. This is mildly annoying on purpose, so that (a) it is at least
clear that VLANs are being skipped - the legacy behavior in itself is
confusing, and the extack should be much more difficult to miss, unlike
kernel logs - and (b) people have one more incentive to convert to the
new behavior.
No behavior change except for the added prints is intended at this time.
$ ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
$ ip link set sw0p2 master br0
[ 60.315148] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.320350] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered disabled state
[ 60.327839] device sw0p2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 60.334905] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.340142] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered forwarding state
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. # This was the pvid
$ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115231919.43834-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-16 07:19:19 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration(dp)) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "skipping configuration of VLAN");
|
2019-08-26 01:25:18 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
net: dsa: set configure_vlan_while_not_filtering to true by default
As explained in commit 54a0ed0df496 ("net: dsa: provide an option for
drivers to always receive bridge VLANs"), DSA has historically been
skipping VLAN switchdev operations when the bridge wasn't in
vlan_filtering mode, but the reason why it was doing that has never been
clear. So the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering option is there merely
to preserve functionality for existing drivers. It isn't some behavior
that drivers should opt into. Ideally, when all drivers leave this flag
set, we can delete the dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration() function.
New drivers always seem to omit setting this flag, for some reason. So
let's reverse the logic: the DSA core sets it by default to true before
the .setup() callback, and legacy drivers can turn it off. This way, new
drivers get the new behavior by default, unless they explicitly set the
flag to false, which is more obvious during review.
Remove the assignment from drivers which were setting it to true, and
add the assignment to false for the drivers that didn't previously have
it. This way, it should be easier to see how many we have left.
The following drivers: lan9303, mv88e6060 were skipped from setting this
flag to false, because they didn't have any VLAN offload ops in the
first place.
The Broadcom Starfighter 2 driver calls the common b53_switch_alloc and
therefore also inherits the configure_vlan_while_not_filtering=true
behavior.
Also, print a message through netlink extack every time a VLAN has been
skipped. This is mildly annoying on purpose, so that (a) it is at least
clear that VLANs are being skipped - the legacy behavior in itself is
confusing, and the extack should be much more difficult to miss, unlike
kernel logs - and (b) people have one more incentive to convert to the
new behavior.
No behavior change except for the added prints is intended at this time.
$ ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
$ ip link set sw0p2 master br0
[ 60.315148] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.320350] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered disabled state
[ 60.327839] device sw0p2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 60.334905] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered blocking state
[ 60.340142] br0: port 1(sw0p2) entered forwarding state
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN. # This was the pvid
$ bridge vlan add dev sw0p2 vid 100
Warning: dsa_core: skipping configuration of VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210115231919.43834-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-16 07:19:19 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2019-08-26 01:25:18 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
vlan = SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj);
|
2019-08-26 01:25:17 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 08:10:26 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Deny adding a bridge VLAN when there is already an 802.1Q upper with
|
|
|
|
|
* the same VID.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2021-12-07 00:57:52 +08:00
|
|
|
if (br_vlan_enabled(dsa_port_bridge_dev_get(dp))) {
|
2020-09-21 08:10:26 +08:00
|
|
|
rcu_read_lock();
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_vlan_check_for_8021q_uppers(dev, vlan);
|
2020-09-21 08:10:26 +08:00
|
|
|
rcu_read_unlock();
|
2021-02-14 04:43:18 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Port already has a VLAN upper with this VID");
|
2020-09-21 08:10:26 +08:00
|
|
|
return err;
|
2021-02-14 04:43:18 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-21 08:10:26 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_port_vlan_add(dp, vlan, extack);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-02-16 01:02:18 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Offload a VLAN installed on the bridge or on a foreign interface by
|
|
|
|
|
* installing it as a VLAN towards the CPU port.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_host_vlan_add(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan vlan;
|
2019-08-26 01:25:17 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-02-16 01:02:18 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Do nothing if this is a software bridge */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dp->bridge)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration(dp)) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "skipping configuration of VLAN");
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vlan = *SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Even though drivers often handle CPU membership in special ways,
|
2019-08-26 01:25:20 +08:00
|
|
|
* it doesn't make sense to program a PVID, so clear this flag.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
vlan.flags &= ~BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_port_host_vlan_add(dp, &vlan, extack);
|
2019-08-26 01:25:17 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:24 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_add(struct net_device *dev, const void *ctx,
|
2015-10-01 17:03:45 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
|
2015-08-10 21:09:53 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2015-08-10 21:09:53 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ctx && ctx != dp)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-01 17:03:46 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (obj->id) {
|
2016-08-31 23:50:03 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port object notifiers
Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port objects were
transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional
model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a
commit phase that was supposed to never fail.
Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or
memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the
memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid
memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceffc1 ("switchdev: Remove unused
transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of
passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another.
It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit
phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not
something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are
no switchdev callers that depend on this.
This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port
object notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this
member.
Where driver conversion is trivial (like in the case of the Marvell
Prestera driver, NXP DPAA2 switch, TI CPSW, and Rocker drivers), it is
done in this patch.
Where driver conversion needs more attention (DSA, Mellanox Spectrum),
the conversion is left for subsequent patches and here we only fake the
prepare/commit phases at a lower level, just not in the switchdev
notifier itself.
Where the code has a natural structure that is best left alone as a
preparation and a commit phase (as in the case of the Ocelot switch),
that structure is left in place, just made to not depend upon the
switchdev transactional model.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:48 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_mdb_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
|
2016-08-31 23:50:03 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2017-11-10 06:11:00 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB:
|
2021-12-07 00:57:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_bridge_host_mdb_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
|
2017-11-10 06:11:00 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2015-10-01 17:03:41 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
|
2022-02-16 01:02:18 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_vlan_add(dev, obj, extack);
|
2022-02-16 01:02:18 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_host_vlan_add(dev, obj, extack);
|
2015-08-14 00:52:17 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_MRP:
|
2021-12-07 00:57:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_mrp_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_MRP(obj));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_RING_ROLE_MRP:
|
2021-12-07 00:57:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_mrp_add_ring_role(dp,
|
|
|
|
|
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_RING_ROLE_MRP(obj));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2015-08-10 21:09:53 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-08-26 01:25:17 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_vlan_del(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2020-09-21 08:10:29 +08:00
|
|
|
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan;
|
2019-08-26 01:25:17 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-13 01:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration(dp))
|
2019-08-26 01:25:18 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 08:10:29 +08:00
|
|
|
vlan = SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_port_vlan_del(dp, vlan);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-09-21 08:10:29 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_host_vlan_del(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan;
|
2020-09-21 08:10:29 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-02-16 01:02:18 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Do nothing if this is a software bridge */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dp->bridge)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_skip_vlan_configuration(dp))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
vlan = SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_port_host_vlan_del(dp, vlan);
|
2019-08-26 01:25:17 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:24 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_del(struct net_device *dev, const void *ctx,
|
2015-10-01 17:03:45 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
|
2015-08-10 21:09:53 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2015-08-10 21:09:53 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ctx && ctx != dp)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-10-01 17:03:46 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (obj->id) {
|
2016-08-31 23:50:03 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-05-20 05:00:40 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_mdb_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
|
2016-08-31 23:50:03 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2017-11-10 06:11:00 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB:
|
2021-12-07 00:57:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_bridge_host_mdb_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
|
2017-11-10 06:11:00 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2015-10-01 17:03:41 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
|
2022-02-16 01:02:18 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_vlan_del(dev, obj);
|
2022-02-16 01:02:18 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_host_vlan_del(dev, obj);
|
2015-08-14 00:52:17 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_MRP:
|
2021-12-07 00:57:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_mrp_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_MRP(obj));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_RING_ROLE_MRP:
|
2021-12-07 00:57:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(dp, obj->orig_dev))
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
net: dsa: fix switchdev objects on bridge master mistakenly being applied on ports
Tobias reports that after the blamed patch, VLAN objects being added to
a bridge device are being added to all slave ports instead (swp2, swp3).
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set swp2 master br0
ip link set swp3 master br0
bridge vlan add dev br0 vid 100 self
This is because the fix was too broad: we made dsa_port_offloads_netdev
say "yes, I offload the br0 bridge" for all slave ports, but we didn't
add the checks whether the switchdev object was in fact meant for the
physical port or for the bridge itself. So we are reacting on events in
a way in which we shouldn't.
The reason why the fix was too broad is because the question itself,
"does this DSA port offload this netdev", was too broad in the first
place. The solution is to disambiguate the question and separate it into
two different functions, one to be called for each switchdev attribute /
object that has an orig_dev == net_bridge (dsa_port_offloads_bridge),
and the other for orig_dev == net_bridge_port (*_offloads_bridge_port).
In the case of VLAN objects on the bridge interface, this solves the
problem because we know that VLAN objects are per bridge port and not
per bridge. And when orig_dev is equal to the net_bridge, we offload it
as a bridge, but not as a bridge port; that's how we are able to skip
reacting on those events. Note that this is compatible with future plans
to have explicit offloading of VLAN objects on the bridge interface as a
bridge port (in DSA, this signifies that we should add that VLAN towards
the CPU port).
Fixes: 99b8202b179f ("net: dsa: fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING getting ignored")
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Tested-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-03-07 18:21:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-02-17 05:42:04 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_mrp_del_ring_role(dp,
|
|
|
|
|
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_RING_ROLE_MRP(obj));
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2015-08-10 21:09:53 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-21 07:31:57 +08:00
|
|
|
static inline netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb)
|
2015-08-01 02:42:57 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
|
2017-09-21 07:31:57 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-05-08 00:32:21 +08:00
|
|
|
return netpoll_send_skb(p->netpoll, skb);
|
2015-08-01 02:42:57 +08:00
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
BUG();
|
|
|
|
|
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
|
2020-05-08 00:32:21 +08:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2015-08-01 02:42:57 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-14 08:07:49 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
|
|
|
|
|
struct sk_buff *skb)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-04-27 12:21:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!(skb_shinfo(skb)->tx_flags & SKBTX_HW_TSTAMP))
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-14 08:07:49 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_txtstamp)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-04-27 12:21:59 +08:00
|
|
|
ds->ops->port_txtstamp(ds, p->dp->index, skb);
|
2018-02-14 08:07:49 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-05-05 18:19:25 +08:00
|
|
|
netdev_tx_t dsa_enqueue_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* SKB for netpoll still need to be mangled with the protocol-specific
|
|
|
|
|
* tag to be successfully transmitted
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (unlikely(netpoll_tx_running(dev)))
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb(dev, skb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Queue the SKB for transmission on the parent interface, but
|
|
|
|
|
* do not modify its EtherType
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
skb->dev = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
dev_queue_xmit(skb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_enqueue_skb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: implement a central TX reallocation procedure
At the moment, taggers are left with the task of ensuring that the skb
headers are writable (which they aren't, if the frames were cloned for
TX timestamping, for flooding by the bridge, etc), and that there is
enough space in the skb data area for the DSA tag to be pushed.
Moreover, the life of tail taggers is even harder, because they need to
ensure that short frames have enough padding, a problem that normal
taggers don't have.
The principle of the DSA framework is that everything except for the
most intimate hardware specifics (like in this case, the actual packing
of the DSA tag bits) should be done inside the core, to avoid having
code paths that are very rarely tested.
So provide a TX reallocation procedure that should cover the known needs
of DSA today.
Note that this patch also gives the network stack a good hint about the
headroom/tailroom it's going to need. Up till now it wasn't doing that.
So the reallocation procedure should really be there only for the
exceptional cases, and for cloned packets which need to be unshared.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de> # For tail taggers only
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-02 03:16:09 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_realloc_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int needed_headroom = dev->needed_headroom;
|
|
|
|
|
int needed_tailroom = dev->needed_tailroom;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For tail taggers, we need to pad short frames ourselves, to ensure
|
|
|
|
|
* that the tail tag does not fail at its role of being at the end of
|
|
|
|
|
* the packet, once the master interface pads the frame. Account for
|
|
|
|
|
* that pad length here, and pad later.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (unlikely(needed_tailroom && skb->len < ETH_ZLEN))
|
|
|
|
|
needed_tailroom += ETH_ZLEN - skb->len;
|
|
|
|
|
/* skb_headroom() returns unsigned int... */
|
|
|
|
|
needed_headroom = max_t(int, needed_headroom - skb_headroom(skb), 0);
|
|
|
|
|
needed_tailroom = max_t(int, needed_tailroom - skb_tailroom(skb), 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (likely(!needed_headroom && !needed_tailroom && !skb_cloned(skb)))
|
|
|
|
|
/* No reallocation needed, yay! */
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return pskb_expand_head(skb, needed_headroom, needed_tailroom,
|
|
|
|
|
GFP_ATOMIC);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-08-28 08:04:46 +08:00
|
|
|
static netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
|
2015-08-01 02:42:56 +08:00
|
|
|
struct sk_buff *nskb;
|
2014-08-28 08:04:46 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-11-08 04:49:46 +08:00
|
|
|
dev_sw_netstats_tx_add(dev, 1, skb->len);
|
2014-08-28 08:04:46 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-04-27 12:22:00 +08:00
|
|
|
memset(skb->cb, 0, sizeof(skb->cb));
|
2019-05-12 04:14:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-04-27 12:21:58 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Handle tx timestamp if any */
|
2018-02-14 08:07:49 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(p, skb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: implement a central TX reallocation procedure
At the moment, taggers are left with the task of ensuring that the skb
headers are writable (which they aren't, if the frames were cloned for
TX timestamping, for flooding by the bridge, etc), and that there is
enough space in the skb data area for the DSA tag to be pushed.
Moreover, the life of tail taggers is even harder, because they need to
ensure that short frames have enough padding, a problem that normal
taggers don't have.
The principle of the DSA framework is that everything except for the
most intimate hardware specifics (like in this case, the actual packing
of the DSA tag bits) should be done inside the core, to avoid having
code paths that are very rarely tested.
So provide a TX reallocation procedure that should cover the known needs
of DSA today.
Note that this patch also gives the network stack a good hint about the
headroom/tailroom it's going to need. Up till now it wasn't doing that.
So the reallocation procedure should really be there only for the
exceptional cases, and for cloned packets which need to be unshared.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Christian Eggers <ceggers@arri.de> # For tail taggers only
Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-11-02 03:16:09 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_realloc_skb(skb, dev)) {
|
|
|
|
|
dev_kfree_skb_any(skb);
|
|
|
|
|
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* needed_tailroom should still be 'warm' in the cache line from
|
|
|
|
|
* dsa_realloc_skb(), which has also ensured that padding is safe.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (dev->needed_tailroom)
|
|
|
|
|
eth_skb_pad(skb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-06-02 04:07:15 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Transmit function may have to reallocate the original SKB,
|
|
|
|
|
* in which case it must have freed it. Only free it here on error.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2015-08-01 02:42:56 +08:00
|
|
|
nskb = p->xmit(skb, dev);
|
2017-06-02 04:07:15 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!nskb) {
|
net: dsa: Make deferred_xmit private to sja1105
There are 3 things that are wrong with the DSA deferred xmit mechanism:
1. Its introduction has made the DSA hotpath ever so slightly more
inefficient for everybody, since DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit needs
to be initialized to false for every transmitted frame, in order to
figure out whether the driver requested deferral or not (a very rare
occasion, rare even for the only driver that does use this mechanism:
sja1105). That was necessary to avoid kfree_skb from freeing the skb.
2. Because L2 PTP is a link-local protocol like STP, it requires
management routes and deferred xmit with this switch. But as opposed
to STP, the deferred work mechanism needs to schedule the packet
rather quickly for the TX timstamp to be collected in time and sent
to user space. But there is no provision for controlling the
scheduling priority of this deferred xmit workqueue. Too bad this is
a rather specific requirement for a feature that nobody else uses
(more below).
3. Perhaps most importantly, it makes the DSA core adhere a bit too
much to the NXP company-wide policy "Innovate Where It Doesn't
Matter". The sja1105 is probably the only DSA switch that requires
some frames sent from the CPU to be routed to the slave port via an
out-of-band configuration (register write) rather than in-band (DSA
tag). And there are indeed very good reasons to not want to do that:
if that out-of-band register is at the other end of a slow bus such
as SPI, then you limit that Ethernet flow's throughput to effectively
the throughput of the SPI bus. So hardware vendors should definitely
not be encouraged to design this way. We do _not_ want more
widespread use of this mechanism.
Luckily we have a solution for each of the 3 issues:
For 1, we can just remove that variable in the skb->cb and counteract
the effect of kfree_skb with skb_get, much to the same effect. The
advantage, of course, being that anybody who doesn't use deferred xmit
doesn't need to do any extra operation in the hotpath.
For 2, we can create a kernel thread for each port's deferred xmit work.
If the user switch ports are named swp0, swp1, swp2, the kernel threads
will be named swp0_xmit, swp1_xmit, swp2_xmit (there appears to be a 15
character length limit on kernel thread names). With this, the user can
change the scheduling priority with chrt $(pidof swp2_xmit).
For 3, we can actually move the entire implementation to the sja1105
driver.
So this patch deletes the generic implementation from the DSA core and
adds a new one, more adequate to the requirements of PTP TX
timestamping, in sja1105_main.c.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-01-04 08:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
kfree_skb(skb);
|
2015-08-01 02:42:56 +08:00
|
|
|
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
|
2017-06-02 04:07:15 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-08-28 08:04:52 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-05 18:19:25 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_enqueue_skb(nskb, dev);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2015-08-01 02:42:57 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
/* ethtool operations *******************************************************/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_drvinfo *drvinfo)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2022-08-19 05:02:16 +08:00
|
|
|
strscpy(drvinfo->driver, "dsa", sizeof(drvinfo->driver));
|
|
|
|
|
strscpy(drvinfo->fw_version, "N/A", sizeof(drvinfo->fw_version));
|
|
|
|
|
strscpy(drvinfo->bus_info, "platform", sizeof(drvinfo->bus_info));
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-10-30 01:45:04 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_get_regs_len(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-10-30 01:45:04 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_regs_len)
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
return ds->ops->get_regs_len(ds, dp->index);
|
2014-10-30 01:45:04 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_get_regs(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_regs *regs, void *_p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-10-30 01:45:04 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_regs)
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_regs(ds, dp->index, regs, _p);
|
2014-10-30 01:45:04 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_nway_reset(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return phylink_ethtool_nway_reset(dp->pl);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-10-30 01:45:01 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-10-30 01:45:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-06-05 03:16:52 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->cd && ds->cd->eeprom_len)
|
2016-05-11 05:27:24 +08:00
|
|
|
return ds->cd->eeprom_len;
|
2014-10-30 01:45:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom_len)
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->get_eeprom_len(ds);
|
2014-10-30 01:45:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-10-30 01:45:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom)
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->get_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
|
2014-10-30 01:45:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_set_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-10-30 01:45:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->set_eeprom)
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->set_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
|
2014-10-30 01:45:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_get_strings(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
uint32_t stringset, uint8_t *data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (stringset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
|
|
|
|
|
int len = ETH_GSTRING_LEN;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(data, "tx_packets", len);
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(data + len, "tx_bytes", len);
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(data + 2 * len, "rx_packets", len);
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy(data + 3 * len, "rx_bytes", len);
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_strings)
|
2018-04-26 03:12:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_strings(ds, dp->index, stringset,
|
|
|
|
|
data + 4 * len);
|
2021-04-19 21:01:06 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (stringset == ETH_SS_TEST) {
|
|
|
|
|
net_selftest_get_strings(data);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2021-04-19 21:01:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_stats *stats,
|
|
|
|
|
uint64_t *data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2017-08-04 12:33:27 +08:00
|
|
|
struct pcpu_sw_netstats *s;
|
2017-08-02 06:00:36 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned int start;
|
2017-08-04 12:33:27 +08:00
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
|
|
|
|
|
u64 tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-11-08 04:49:46 +08:00
|
|
|
s = per_cpu_ptr(dev->tstats, i);
|
2017-08-04 12:33:27 +08:00
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
|
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin_irq(&s->syncp);
|
2022-06-08 23:46:37 +08:00
|
|
|
tx_packets = u64_stats_read(&s->tx_packets);
|
|
|
|
|
tx_bytes = u64_stats_read(&s->tx_bytes);
|
|
|
|
|
rx_packets = u64_stats_read(&s->rx_packets);
|
|
|
|
|
rx_bytes = u64_stats_read(&s->rx_bytes);
|
2017-08-04 12:33:27 +08:00
|
|
|
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry_irq(&s->syncp, start));
|
|
|
|
|
data[0] += tx_packets;
|
|
|
|
|
data[1] += tx_bytes;
|
|
|
|
|
data[2] += rx_packets;
|
|
|
|
|
data[3] += rx_bytes;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats)
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats(ds, dp->index, data + 4);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_get_sset_count(struct net_device *dev, int sset)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (sset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
|
net: dsa: fix error code getting shifted with 4 in dsa_slave_get_sset_count
DSA implements a bunch of 'standardized' ethtool statistics counters,
namely tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes. So whatever the
hardware driver returns in .get_sset_count(), we need to add 4 to that.
That is ok, except that .get_sset_count() can return a negative error
code, for example:
b53_get_sset_count
-> phy_ethtool_get_sset_count
-> return -EIO
-EIO is -5, and with 4 added to it, it becomes -1, aka -EPERM. One can
imagine that certain error codes may even become positive, although
based on code inspection I did not see instances of that.
Check the error code first, if it is negative return it as-is.
Based on a similar patch for dsa_master_get_strings from Dan Carpenter:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/YJaSe3RPgn7gKxZv@mwanda/
Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-05-10 03:33:38 +08:00
|
|
|
int count = 0;
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: fix error code getting shifted with 4 in dsa_slave_get_sset_count
DSA implements a bunch of 'standardized' ethtool statistics counters,
namely tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes. So whatever the
hardware driver returns in .get_sset_count(), we need to add 4 to that.
That is ok, except that .get_sset_count() can return a negative error
code, for example:
b53_get_sset_count
-> phy_ethtool_get_sset_count
-> return -EIO
-EIO is -5, and with 4 added to it, it becomes -1, aka -EPERM. One can
imagine that certain error codes may even become positive, although
based on code inspection I did not see instances of that.
Check the error code first, if it is negative return it as-is.
Based on a similar patch for dsa_master_get_strings from Dan Carpenter:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/YJaSe3RPgn7gKxZv@mwanda/
Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-05-10 03:33:38 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_sset_count) {
|
|
|
|
|
count = ds->ops->get_sset_count(ds, dp->index, sset);
|
|
|
|
|
if (count < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return count;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: fix error code getting shifted with 4 in dsa_slave_get_sset_count
DSA implements a bunch of 'standardized' ethtool statistics counters,
namely tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes. So whatever the
hardware driver returns in .get_sset_count(), we need to add 4 to that.
That is ok, except that .get_sset_count() can return a negative error
code, for example:
b53_get_sset_count
-> phy_ethtool_get_sset_count
-> return -EIO
-EIO is -5, and with 4 added to it, it becomes -1, aka -EPERM. One can
imagine that certain error codes may even become positive, although
based on code inspection I did not see instances of that.
Check the error code first, if it is negative return it as-is.
Based on a similar patch for dsa_master_get_strings from Dan Carpenter:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/YJaSe3RPgn7gKxZv@mwanda/
Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-05-10 03:33:38 +08:00
|
|
|
return count + 4;
|
2021-04-19 21:01:06 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (sset == ETH_SS_TEST) {
|
|
|
|
|
return net_selftest_get_count();
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-10-18 17:37:57 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_get_eth_phy_stats(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_eth_phy_stats *phy_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_eth_phy_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_eth_phy_stats(ds, dp->index, phy_stats);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_get_eth_mac_stats(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_eth_mac_stats *mac_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_eth_mac_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_eth_mac_stats(ds, dp->index, mac_stats);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_get_eth_ctrl_stats(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_eth_ctrl_stats *ctrl_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_eth_ctrl_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_eth_ctrl_stats(ds, dp->index, ctrl_stats);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-06-24 22:39:47 +08:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_get_rmon_stats(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_rmon_stats *rmon_stats,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct ethtool_rmon_hist_range **ranges)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_rmon_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_rmon_stats(ds, dp->index, rmon_stats, ranges);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-04-19 21:01:06 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_net_selftest(struct net_device *ndev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_test *etest, u64 *buf)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(ndev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->self_test) {
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->self_test(ds, dp->index, etest, buf);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net_selftest(ndev, etest, buf);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-19 08:31:24 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_get_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-09-19 08:31:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
phylink_ethtool_get_wol(dp->pl, w);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_wol)
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_wol(ds, dp->index, w);
|
2014-09-19 08:31:24 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_set_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-09-19 08:31:24 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
phylink_ethtool_set_wol(dp->pl, w);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->set_wol)
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = ds->ops->set_wol(ds, dp->index, w);
|
2014-09-19 08:31:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_set_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-02 04:32:31 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
|
2019-02-06 23:35:15 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dev->phydev || !dp->pl)
|
2017-08-02 04:32:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return -ENODEV;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-02 04:32:41 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->set_mac_eee)
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = ds->ops->set_mac_eee(ds, dp->index, e);
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret)
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
return phylink_ethtool_set_eee(dp->pl, e);
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_get_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-02 04:32:31 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
|
2019-02-06 23:35:15 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dev->phydev || !dp->pl)
|
2017-08-02 04:32:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return -ENODEV;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-02 04:32:41 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->get_mac_eee)
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = ds->ops->get_mac_eee(ds, dp->index, e);
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret)
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return phylink_ethtool_ksettings_get(dp->pl, cmd);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return phylink_ethtool_ksettings_set(dp->pl, cmd);
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-06-28 16:51:52 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_get_pause_stats(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_pause_stats *pause_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_pause_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_pause_stats(ds, dp->index, pause_stats);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-10-30 05:32:48 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_get_pauseparam(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_pauseparam *pause)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
phylink_ethtool_get_pauseparam(dp->pl, pause);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_set_pauseparam(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_pauseparam *pause)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return phylink_ethtool_set_pauseparam(dp->pl, pause);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-08-01 02:42:57 +08:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_netpoll_setup(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netpoll_info *ni)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:16 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
2015-08-01 02:42:57 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct netpoll *netpoll;
|
|
|
|
|
int err = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netpoll = kzalloc(sizeof(*netpoll), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netpoll)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = __netpoll_setup(netpoll, master);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(netpoll);
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p->netpoll = netpoll;
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct netpoll *netpoll = p->netpoll;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netpoll)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p->netpoll = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-10-18 23:18:26 +08:00
|
|
|
__netpoll_free(netpoll);
|
2015-08-01 02:42:57 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_poll_controller(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
static struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *
|
2017-09-21 07:31:57 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(struct net_device *dev, unsigned long cookie)
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-09-21 07:31:57 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(mall_tc_entry, &p->mall_tc_list, list)
|
|
|
|
|
if (mall_tc_entry->cookie == cookie)
|
|
|
|
|
return mall_tc_entry;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_mirred(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
|
|
|
|
|
bool ingress)
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2022-03-17 04:41:43 +08:00
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = cls->common.extack;
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_mall_mirror_tc_entry *mirror;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2019-05-04 19:46:19 +08:00
|
|
|
struct flow_action_entry *act;
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *to_dp;
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_mirror_add)
|
2020-03-29 19:51:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-17 09:42:11 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!flow_action_basic_hw_stats_check(&cls->rule->action,
|
|
|
|
|
cls->common.extack))
|
2020-03-29 19:51:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
2020-03-07 19:40:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-04 19:46:19 +08:00
|
|
|
act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-05-05 03:58:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!act->dev)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(act->dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
mall_tc_entry = kzalloc(sizeof(*mall_tc_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!mall_tc_entry)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
mall_tc_entry->cookie = cls->cookie;
|
|
|
|
|
mall_tc_entry->type = DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR;
|
|
|
|
|
mirror = &mall_tc_entry->mirror;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to_dp = dsa_slave_to_port(act->dev);
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
mirror->to_local_port = to_dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
mirror->ingress = ingress;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-03-17 04:41:43 +08:00
|
|
|
err = ds->ops->port_mirror_add(ds, dp->index, mirror, ingress, extack);
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
list_add_tail(&mall_tc_entry->list, &p->mall_tc_list);
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:59 +08:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_police(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
|
|
|
|
|
bool ingress)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = cls->common.extack;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_mall_policer_tc_entry *policer;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
struct flow_action_entry *act;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_policer_add) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
2020-05-07 08:58:27 +08:00
|
|
|
"Policing offload not implemented");
|
2020-03-29 19:51:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ingress) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
2020-05-07 08:58:27 +08:00
|
|
|
"Only supported on ingress qdisc");
|
2020-03-29 19:51:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!flow_action_basic_hw_stats_check(&cls->rule->action,
|
|
|
|
|
cls->common.extack))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(mall_tc_entry, &p->mall_tc_list, list) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (mall_tc_entry->type == DSA_PORT_MALL_POLICER) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
2020-05-07 08:58:27 +08:00
|
|
|
"Only one port policer allowed");
|
2020-03-29 19:51:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EEXIST;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mall_tc_entry = kzalloc(sizeof(*mall_tc_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!mall_tc_entry)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mall_tc_entry->cookie = cls->cookie;
|
|
|
|
|
mall_tc_entry->type = DSA_PORT_MALL_POLICER;
|
|
|
|
|
policer = &mall_tc_entry->policer;
|
|
|
|
|
policer->rate_bytes_per_sec = act->police.rate_bytes_ps;
|
|
|
|
|
policer->burst = act->police.burst;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = ds->ops->port_policer_add(ds, dp->index, policer);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list_add_tail(&mall_tc_entry->list, &p->mall_tc_list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
|
|
|
|
|
bool ingress)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (cls->common.protocol == htons(ETH_P_ALL) &&
|
|
|
|
|
flow_offload_has_one_action(&cls->rule->action) &&
|
|
|
|
|
cls->rule->action.entries[0].id == FLOW_ACTION_MIRRED)
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_mirred(dev, cls, ingress);
|
2020-03-29 19:51:59 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (flow_offload_has_one_action(&cls->rule->action) &&
|
|
|
|
|
cls->rule->action.entries[0].id == FLOW_ACTION_POLICE)
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall_police(dev, cls, ingress);
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-03-29 19:51:58 +08:00
|
|
|
return err;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-09-21 07:31:57 +08:00
|
|
|
mall_tc_entry = dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(dev, cls->cookie);
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!mall_tc_entry)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list_del(&mall_tc_entry->list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (mall_tc_entry->type) {
|
|
|
|
|
case DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR:
|
2020-03-29 19:51:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->port_mirror_del)
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->port_mirror_del(ds, dp->index,
|
|
|
|
|
&mall_tc_entry->mirror);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case DSA_PORT_MALL_POLICER:
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->port_policer_del)
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->port_policer_del(ds, dp->index);
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
WARN_ON(1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-07 16:15:26 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
|
|
|
|
|
bool ingress)
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-08-07 16:15:29 +08:00
|
|
|
if (cls->common.chain_index)
|
2017-06-06 23:00:16 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-08-07 16:15:26 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (cls->command) {
|
|
|
|
|
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_REPLACE:
|
2017-08-07 16:15:29 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(dev, cls, ingress);
|
2017-08-07 16:15:26 +08:00
|
|
|
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_DESTROY:
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(dev, cls);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-02-29 22:31:13 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_add_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
|
|
|
|
|
bool ingress)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
int port = dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->cls_flower_add)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->cls_flower_add(ds, port, cls, ingress);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_del_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
|
|
|
|
|
bool ingress)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
int port = dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->cls_flower_del)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->cls_flower_del(ds, port, cls, ingress);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_stats_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
|
|
|
|
|
bool ingress)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
int port = dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->cls_flower_stats)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->cls_flower_stats(ds, port, cls, ingress);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_flower(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct flow_cls_offload *cls,
|
|
|
|
|
bool ingress)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (cls->command) {
|
|
|
|
|
case FLOW_CLS_REPLACE:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_add_cls_flower(dev, cls, ingress);
|
|
|
|
|
case FLOW_CLS_DESTROY:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_del_cls_flower(dev, cls, ingress);
|
|
|
|
|
case FLOW_CLS_STATS:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_stats_cls_flower(dev, cls, ingress);
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(enum tc_setup_type type, void *type_data,
|
|
|
|
|
void *cb_priv, bool ingress)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev = cb_priv;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-11-01 18:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!tc_can_offload(dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (type) {
|
|
|
|
|
case TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(dev, type_data, ingress);
|
2020-02-29 22:31:13 +08:00
|
|
|
case TC_SETUP_CLSFLOWER:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_flower(dev, type_data, ingress);
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_ig(enum tc_setup_type type,
|
|
|
|
|
void *type_data, void *cb_priv)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(type, type_data, cb_priv, true);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_eg(enum tc_setup_type type,
|
|
|
|
|
void *type_data, void *cb_priv)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(type, type_data, cb_priv, false);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-07-10 04:55:46 +08:00
|
|
|
static LIST_HEAD(dsa_slave_block_cb_list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block(struct net_device *dev,
|
2019-07-10 04:55:46 +08:00
|
|
|
struct flow_block_offload *f)
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2019-07-10 04:55:46 +08:00
|
|
|
struct flow_block_cb *block_cb;
|
2019-07-20 00:20:15 +08:00
|
|
|
flow_setup_cb_t *cb;
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-07-10 04:55:41 +08:00
|
|
|
if (f->binder_type == FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_CLSACT_INGRESS)
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
cb = dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_ig;
|
2019-07-10 04:55:41 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (f->binder_type == FLOW_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_CLSACT_EGRESS)
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
cb = dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_eg;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-07-10 04:55:46 +08:00
|
|
|
f->driver_block_list = &dsa_slave_block_cb_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (f->command) {
|
2019-07-10 04:55:40 +08:00
|
|
|
case FLOW_BLOCK_BIND:
|
2019-07-10 04:55:48 +08:00
|
|
|
if (flow_block_cb_is_busy(cb, dev, &dsa_slave_block_cb_list))
|
|
|
|
|
return -EBUSY;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-07-20 00:20:14 +08:00
|
|
|
block_cb = flow_block_cb_alloc(cb, dev, dev, NULL);
|
2019-07-10 04:55:46 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ERR(block_cb))
|
|
|
|
|
return PTR_ERR(block_cb);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
flow_block_cb_add(block_cb, f);
|
|
|
|
|
list_add_tail(&block_cb->driver_list, &dsa_slave_block_cb_list);
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2019-07-10 04:55:40 +08:00
|
|
|
case FLOW_BLOCK_UNBIND:
|
2019-07-20 00:20:16 +08:00
|
|
|
block_cb = flow_block_cb_lookup(f->block, cb, dev);
|
2019-07-10 04:55:46 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!block_cb)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOENT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
flow_block_cb_remove(block_cb, f);
|
|
|
|
|
list_del(&block_cb->driver_list);
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-24 09:30:51 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_setup_ft_block(struct dsa_switch *ds, int port,
|
|
|
|
|
void *type_data)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2022-09-11 09:06:58 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_port_to_master(dsa_to_port(ds, port));
|
2021-03-24 09:30:51 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!master->netdev_ops->ndo_setup_tc)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return master->netdev_ops->ndo_setup_tc(master, TC_SETUP_FT, type_data);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-07 16:15:26 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc(struct net_device *dev, enum tc_setup_type type,
|
2017-08-07 16:15:32 +08:00
|
|
|
void *type_data)
|
2017-08-07 16:15:26 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2019-09-15 09:59:59 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-24 09:30:51 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (type) {
|
|
|
|
|
case TC_SETUP_BLOCK:
|
2017-10-19 21:50:45 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block(dev, type_data);
|
2021-03-24 09:30:51 +08:00
|
|
|
case TC_SETUP_FT:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_setup_ft_block(ds, dp->index, type_data);
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2019-09-15 09:59:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_setup_tc)
|
2017-06-06 23:00:16 +08:00
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
2019-09-15 09:59:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->port_setup_tc(ds, dp->index, type, type_data);
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-31 01:48:40 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_get_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc, u32 *rule_locs)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2017-01-31 01:48:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->get_rxnfc)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
return ds->ops->get_rxnfc(ds, dp->index, nfc, rule_locs);
|
2017-01-31 01:48:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_set_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2017-01-31 01:48:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->set_rxnfc)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
return ds->ops->set_rxnfc(ds, dp->index, nfc);
|
2017-01-31 01:48:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-02-14 08:07:48 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_get_ts_info(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct ethtool_ts_info *ts)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->get_ts_info)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ds->ops->get_ts_info(ds, p->dp->index, ts);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-02-21 06:35:39 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid(struct net_device *dev, __be16 proto,
|
|
|
|
|
u16 vid)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2020-09-11 00:48:57 +08:00
|
|
|
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan vlan = {
|
|
|
|
|
.obj.id = SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN,
|
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects
The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something
like this today:
nbp_vlan_init
| __br_vlan_set_default_pvid
| | |
| | br_afspec |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_process_vlan_info |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_vlan_info |
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
v v v v v
nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+
| ^ ^ | |
| / | | |
| / / / |
\ br_vlan_get_master/ / v
\ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing
\ | / / |
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
v | | v /
__vlan_add /
/ | /
/ | /
v | /
__vlan_vid_add | /
\ | /
v v v
br_switchdev_port_vlan_add
The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838
("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and
dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec)
have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info
tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth.
Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function
in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink").
That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made
full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like
this:
br_setlink
-> br_afspec
-> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink
Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated.
Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original")
came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement
.ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while.
In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op
first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the
br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today.
But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one.
Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit
29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from
switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any
longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted.
This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from
switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones
offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add
(the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about
bridge VLANs")).
That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in
the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when
the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated.
Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the
bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects
of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For
example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID
flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid?
This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e
("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API
perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the
vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can
modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN
object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever
other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that
flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are
supposed to guess).
Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look
scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that.
When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN.
It is all unnecessary complexity.
And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and
all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and
removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN
100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through
switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN
change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out
there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and
those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the
API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being
addressed in the future.
Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only
Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time,
through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the
driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but
I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for
ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and
nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
|
|
|
.vid = vid,
|
2020-09-11 00:48:57 +08:00
|
|
|
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
|
|
|
|
|
.flags = 0,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
2021-02-14 04:43:18 +08:00
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack extack = {0};
|
2019-02-21 06:35:39 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-11 00:48:57 +08:00
|
|
|
/* User port... */
|
2021-02-14 04:43:18 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp, &vlan, &extack);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (extack._msg)
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(dev, "%s\n", extack._msg);
|
2019-08-26 01:25:16 +08:00
|
|
|
return ret;
|
2021-02-14 04:43:18 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2019-08-26 01:25:16 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-11 00:48:57 +08:00
|
|
|
/* And CPU port... */
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_host_vlan_add(dp, &vlan, &extack);
|
2021-02-14 04:43:18 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (extack._msg)
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(dev, "CPU port %d: %s\n", dp->cpu_dp->index,
|
|
|
|
|
extack._msg);
|
2019-08-26 01:25:19 +08:00
|
|
|
return ret;
|
2021-02-14 04:43:18 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2019-08-26 01:25:19 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2019-02-21 06:35:39 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid(struct net_device *dev, __be16 proto,
|
|
|
|
|
u16 vid)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2020-09-11 00:48:57 +08:00
|
|
|
struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan vlan = {
|
net: switchdev: remove vid_begin -> vid_end range from VLAN objects
The call path of a switchdev VLAN addition to the bridge looks something
like this today:
nbp_vlan_init
| __br_vlan_set_default_pvid
| | |
| | br_afspec |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_process_vlan_info |
| | | |
| | v |
| | br_vlan_info |
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
| | / \ /
v v v v v
nbp_vlan_add br_vlan_add ------+
| ^ ^ | |
| / | | |
| / / / |
\ br_vlan_get_master/ / v
\ ^ / / br_vlan_add_existing
\ | / / |
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
\ | / / /
v | | v /
__vlan_add /
/ | /
/ | /
v | /
__vlan_vid_add | /
\ | /
v v v
br_switchdev_port_vlan_add
The ranges UAPI was introduced to the bridge in commit bdced7ef7838
("bridge: support for multiple vlans and vlan ranges in setlink and
dellink requests") (Jan 10 2015). But the VLAN ranges (parsed in br_afspec)
have always been passed one by one, through struct bridge_vlan_info
tmp_vinfo, to br_vlan_info. So the range never went too far in depth.
Then Scott Feldman introduced the switchdev_port_bridge_setlink function
in commit 47f8328bb1a4 ("switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink").
That marked the introduction of the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN, which made
full use of the range. But switchdev_port_bridge_setlink was called like
this:
br_setlink
-> br_afspec
-> switchdev_port_bridge_setlink
Basically, the switchdev and the bridge code were not tightly integrated.
Then commit 41c498b9359e ("bridge: restore br_setlink back to original")
came, and switchdev drivers were required to implement
.ndo_bridge_setlink = switchdev_port_bridge_setlink for a while.
In the meantime, commits such as 0944d6b5a2fa ("bridge: try switchdev op
first in __vlan_vid_add/del") finally made switchdev penetrate the
br_vlan_info() barrier and start to develop the call path we have today.
But remember, br_vlan_info() still receives VLANs one by one.
Then Arkadi Sharshevsky refactored the switchdev API in 2017 in commit
29ab586c3d83 ("net: switchdev: Remove bridge bypass support from
switchdev") so that drivers would not implement .ndo_bridge_setlink any
longer. The switchdev_port_bridge_setlink also got deleted.
This refactoring removed the parallel bridge_setlink implementation from
switchdev, and left the only switchdev VLAN objects to be the ones
offloaded from __vlan_vid_add (basically RX filtering) and __vlan_add
(the latter coming from commit 9c86ce2c1ae3 ("net: bridge: Notify about
bridge VLANs")).
That is to say, today the switchdev VLAN object ranges are not used in
the kernel. Refactoring the above call path is a bit complicated, when
the bridge VLAN call path is already a bit complicated.
Let's go off and finish the job of commit 29ab586c3d83 by deleting the
bogus iteration through the VLAN ranges from the drivers. Some aspects
of this feature never made too much sense in the first place. For
example, what is a range of VLANs all having the BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_PVID
flag supposed to mean, when a port can obviously have a single pvid?
This particular configuration _is_ denied as of commit 6623c60dc28e
("bridge: vlan: enforce no pvid flag in vlan ranges"), but from an API
perspective, the driver still has to play pretend, and only offload the
vlan->vid_end as pvid. And the addition of a switchdev VLAN object can
modify the flags of another, completely unrelated, switchdev VLAN
object! (a VLAN that is PVID will invalidate the PVID flag from whatever
other VLAN had previously been offloaded with switchdev and had that
flag. Yet switchdev never notifies about that change, drivers are
supposed to guess).
Nonetheless, having a VLAN range in the API makes error handling look
scarier than it really is - unwinding on errors and all of that.
When in reality, no one really calls this API with more than one VLAN.
It is all unnecessary complexity.
And despite appearing pretentious (two-phase transactional model and
all), the switchdev API is really sloppy because the VLAN addition and
removal operations are not paired with one another (you can add a VLAN
100 times and delete it just once). The bridge notifies through
switchdev of a VLAN addition not only when the flags of an existing VLAN
change, but also when nothing changes. There are switchdev drivers out
there who don't like adding a VLAN that has already been added, and
those checks don't really belong at driver level. But the fact that the
API contains ranges is yet another factor that prevents this from being
addressed in the future.
Of the existing switchdev pieces of hardware, it appears that only
Mellanox Spectrum supports offloading more than one VLAN at a time,
through mlxsw_sp_port_vlan_set. I have kept that code internal to the
driver, because there is some more bookkeeping that makes use of it, but
I deleted it from the switchdev API. But since the switchdev support for
ranges has already been de facto deleted by a Mellanox employee and
nobody noticed for 4 years, I'm going to assume it's not a biggie.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> # switchdev and mlxsw
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-09 08:01:46 +08:00
|
|
|
.vid = vid,
|
2020-09-11 00:48:57 +08:00
|
|
|
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
|
|
|
|
|
.flags = 0,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
2020-09-21 08:10:29 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
2019-02-21 06:35:39 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 08:10:29 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_vlan_del(dp, &vlan);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs
Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it
does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has
several limitations:
- the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different
from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch.
In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid
traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where
it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports
independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge
itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway
if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device.
- Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx,
on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are
approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner
cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating
VLANs on shared ports simply does not work.
- If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by
accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that
noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each
VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but
for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on
shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is
still in use or not.
Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN
addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task
of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a
DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have
an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference
count of each VID on each shared port.
Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA
ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact
topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which
is what has been done until now.
Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each
bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing
and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and
the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB
entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is
in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port.
Therefore:
- user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no
refcounting is necessary
- DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is
necessary among these 2 types.
- CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-16 01:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
return dsa_port_host_vlan_del(dp, &vlan);
|
2019-02-21 06:35:39 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: don't advertise 'rx-vlan-filter' when not needed
There have been multiple independent reports about
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid being called (and consequently calling the
drivers' .port_vlan_add) when it isn't needed, and sometimes (not
always) causing problems in the process.
Case 1:
mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_prepare is stubborn and only accepts VLANs on
bridged ports. That is understandably so, because standalone mv88e6xxx
ports are VLAN-unaware, and VTU entries are said to be a scarce
resource.
Otherwise said, the following fails lamentably on mv88e6xxx:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set lan3 master br0
ip link add link lan10 name lan10.1 type vlan id 1
[485256.724147] mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:12: p10: hw VLAN 1 already used by port 3 in br0
RTNETLINK answers: Operation not supported
This has become a worse issue since commit 9b236d2a69da ("net: dsa:
Advertise the VLAN offload netdev ability only if switch supports it").
Up to that point, the driver was returning -EOPNOTSUPP and DSA was
reconverting that error to 0, making the 8021q upper think all is ok
(but obviously the error message was there even prior to this change).
After that change the -EOPNOTSUPP is propagated to vlan_vid_add, and it
is a hard error.
Case 2:
Ports that don't offload the Linux bridge (have a dp->bridge_dev = NULL
because they don't implement .port_bridge_{join,leave}). Understandably,
a standalone port should not offload VLANs either, it should remain VLAN
unaware and any VLAN should be a software VLAN (as long as the hardware
is not quirky, that is).
In fact, dsa_slave_port_obj_add does do the right thing and rejects
switchdev VLAN objects coming from the bridge when that bridge is not
offloaded:
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
err = dsa_slave_vlan_add(dev, obj, extack);
But it seems that the bridge is able to trick us. The __vlan_vid_add
from br_vlan.c has:
/* Try switchdev op first. In case it is not supported, fallback to
* 8021q add.
*/
err = br_switchdev_port_vlan_add(dev, v->vid, flags, extack);
if (err == -EOPNOTSUPP)
return vlan_vid_add(dev, br->vlan_proto, v->vid);
So it says "no, no, you need this VLAN in your life!". And we, naive as
we are, say "oh, this comes from the vlan_vid_add code path, it must be
an 8021q upper, sure, I'll take that". And we end up with that bridge
VLAN installed on our port anyway. But this time, it has the wrong flags:
if the bridge was trying to install VLAN 1 as a pvid/untagged VLAN,
failed via switchdev, retried via vlan_vid_add, we have this comment:
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
So what we do makes absolutely no sense.
Backtracing a bit, we see the common pattern. We allow the network stack
to think that our standalone ports are VLAN-aware, but they aren't, for
the vast majority of switches. The quirky ones should not dictate the
norm. The dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid and dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid
methods exist for drivers that need the 'rx-vlan-filter: on' feature in
ethtool -k, which can be due to any of the following reasons:
1. vlan_filtering_is_global = true, and some ports are under a
VLAN-aware bridge while others are standalone, and the standalone
ports would otherwise drop VLAN-tagged traffic. This is described in
commit 061f6a505ac3 ("net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid
implementation").
2. the ports that are under a VLAN-aware bridge should also set this
feature, for 8021q uppers having a VID not claimed by the bridge.
In this case, the driver will essentially not even know that the VID
is coming from the 8021q layer and not the bridge.
3. Hellcreek. This driver needs it because in standalone mode, it uses
unique VLANs per port to ensure separation. For separation of untagged
traffic, it uses different PVIDs for each port, and for separation of
VLAN-tagged traffic, it never accepts 8021q uppers with the same vid
on two ports.
If a driver does not fall under any of the above 3 categories, there is
no reason why it should advertise the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature, therefore
no reason why it should offload the VLANs added through vlan_vid_add.
This commit fixes the problem by removing the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature
from the slave devices when they operate in standalone mode, and when
they offload a VLAN-unaware bridge.
The way it works is that vlan_vid_add will now stop its processing here:
vlan_add_rx_filter_info:
if (!vlan_hw_filter_capable(dev, proto))
return 0;
So the VLAN will still be saved in the interface's VLAN RX filtering
list, but because it does not declare VLAN filtering in its features,
the 8021q module will return zero without committing that VLAN to
hardware.
This gives the drivers what they want, since it keeps the 8021q VLANs
away from the VLAN table until VLAN awareness is enabled (point at which
the ports are no longer standalone, hence in the mv88e6xxx case, the
check in mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_prepare passes).
Since the issue predates the existence of the hellcreek driver, case 3
will be dealt with in a separate patch.
The main change that this patch makes is to no longer set
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER unconditionally, but toggle it dynamically
(for most switches, never).
The second part of the patch addresses an issue that the first part
introduces: because the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature is now dynamically
toggled, and our .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid does not get called when
'rx-vlan-filter' is off, we need to avoid bugs such as the following by
replaying the VLANs from 8021q uppers every time we enable VLAN
filtering:
ip link add link lan0 name lan0.100 type vlan id 100
ip addr add 192.168.100.1/24 dev lan0.100
ping 192.168.100.2 # should work
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set lan0 master br0
ping 192.168.100.2 # should still work
ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ping 192.168.100.2 # should still work but doesn't
As reported by Florian, some drivers look at ds->vlan_filtering in
their .port_vlan_add() implementation. So this patch also makes sure
that ds->vlan_filtering is committed before calling the driver. This is
the reason why it is first committed, then restored on the failure path.
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reported-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-24 05:22:57 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_restore_vlan(struct net_device *vdev, int vid, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
__be16 proto = vdev ? vlan_dev_vlan_proto(vdev) : htons(ETH_P_8021Q);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid(arg, proto, vid);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_clear_vlan(struct net_device *vdev, int vid, void *arg)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
__be16 proto = vdev ? vlan_dev_vlan_proto(vdev) : htons(ETH_P_8021Q);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid(arg, proto, vid);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Keep the VLAN RX filtering list in sync with the hardware only if VLAN
|
|
|
|
|
* filtering is enabled. The baseline is that only ports that offload a
|
|
|
|
|
* VLAN-aware bridge are VLAN-aware, and standalone ports are VLAN-unaware,
|
|
|
|
|
* but there are exceptions for quirky hardware.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* If ds->vlan_filtering_is_global = true, then standalone ports which share
|
|
|
|
|
* the same switch with other ports that offload a VLAN-aware bridge are also
|
|
|
|
|
* inevitably VLAN-aware.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* To summarize, a DSA switch port offloads:
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* - If standalone (this includes software bridge, software LAG):
|
net: dsa: let drivers state that they need VLAN filtering while standalone
As explained in commit e358bef7c392 ("net: dsa: Give drivers the chance
to veto certain upper devices"), the hellcreek driver uses some tricks
to comply with the network stack expectations: it enforces port
separation in standalone mode using VLANs. For untagged traffic,
bridging between ports is prevented by using different PVIDs, and for
VLAN-tagged traffic, it never accepts 8021q uppers with the same VID on
two ports, so packets with one VLAN cannot leak from one port to another.
That is almost fine*, and has worked because hellcreek relied on an
implicit behavior of the DSA core that was changed by the previous
patch: the standalone ports declare the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature as 'on
[fixed]'. Since most of the DSA drivers are actually VLAN-unaware in
standalone mode, that feature was actually incorrectly reflecting the
hardware/driver state, so there was a desire to fix it. This leaves the
hellcreek driver in a situation where it has to explicitly request this
behavior from the DSA framework.
We configure the ports as follows:
- Standalone: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper on top of a
standalone hellcreek port will go through dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid
and will add a VLAN to the hardware tables, giving the driver the
opportunity to refuse it through .port_prechangeupper.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=0: 'rx-vlan-filter' is off. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will not go through
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid, because there will not be any attempt to
offload this VLAN. The driver already disables VLAN awareness, so that
upper should receive the traffic it needs.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=1: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will call dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid,
and can again be vetoed through .port_prechangeupper.
*It is not actually completely fine, because if I follow through
correctly, we can have the following situation:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set lan0 master br0 # lan0 now becomes VLAN-unaware
ip link set lan0 nomaster # lan0 fails to become VLAN-aware again, therefore breaking isolation
This patch fixes that corner case by extending the DSA core logic, based
on this requested attribute, to change the VLAN awareness state of the
switch (port) when it leaves the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-24 05:22:58 +08:00
|
|
|
* - if ds->needs_standalone_vlan_filtering = true, OR if
|
|
|
|
|
* (ds->vlan_filtering_is_global = true AND there are bridges spanning
|
|
|
|
|
* this switch chip which have vlan_filtering=1)
|
net: dsa: don't advertise 'rx-vlan-filter' when not needed
There have been multiple independent reports about
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid being called (and consequently calling the
drivers' .port_vlan_add) when it isn't needed, and sometimes (not
always) causing problems in the process.
Case 1:
mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_prepare is stubborn and only accepts VLANs on
bridged ports. That is understandably so, because standalone mv88e6xxx
ports are VLAN-unaware, and VTU entries are said to be a scarce
resource.
Otherwise said, the following fails lamentably on mv88e6xxx:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set lan3 master br0
ip link add link lan10 name lan10.1 type vlan id 1
[485256.724147] mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:12: p10: hw VLAN 1 already used by port 3 in br0
RTNETLINK answers: Operation not supported
This has become a worse issue since commit 9b236d2a69da ("net: dsa:
Advertise the VLAN offload netdev ability only if switch supports it").
Up to that point, the driver was returning -EOPNOTSUPP and DSA was
reconverting that error to 0, making the 8021q upper think all is ok
(but obviously the error message was there even prior to this change).
After that change the -EOPNOTSUPP is propagated to vlan_vid_add, and it
is a hard error.
Case 2:
Ports that don't offload the Linux bridge (have a dp->bridge_dev = NULL
because they don't implement .port_bridge_{join,leave}). Understandably,
a standalone port should not offload VLANs either, it should remain VLAN
unaware and any VLAN should be a software VLAN (as long as the hardware
is not quirky, that is).
In fact, dsa_slave_port_obj_add does do the right thing and rejects
switchdev VLAN objects coming from the bridge when that bridge is not
offloaded:
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
err = dsa_slave_vlan_add(dev, obj, extack);
But it seems that the bridge is able to trick us. The __vlan_vid_add
from br_vlan.c has:
/* Try switchdev op first. In case it is not supported, fallback to
* 8021q add.
*/
err = br_switchdev_port_vlan_add(dev, v->vid, flags, extack);
if (err == -EOPNOTSUPP)
return vlan_vid_add(dev, br->vlan_proto, v->vid);
So it says "no, no, you need this VLAN in your life!". And we, naive as
we are, say "oh, this comes from the vlan_vid_add code path, it must be
an 8021q upper, sure, I'll take that". And we end up with that bridge
VLAN installed on our port anyway. But this time, it has the wrong flags:
if the bridge was trying to install VLAN 1 as a pvid/untagged VLAN,
failed via switchdev, retried via vlan_vid_add, we have this comment:
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
So what we do makes absolutely no sense.
Backtracing a bit, we see the common pattern. We allow the network stack
to think that our standalone ports are VLAN-aware, but they aren't, for
the vast majority of switches. The quirky ones should not dictate the
norm. The dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid and dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid
methods exist for drivers that need the 'rx-vlan-filter: on' feature in
ethtool -k, which can be due to any of the following reasons:
1. vlan_filtering_is_global = true, and some ports are under a
VLAN-aware bridge while others are standalone, and the standalone
ports would otherwise drop VLAN-tagged traffic. This is described in
commit 061f6a505ac3 ("net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid
implementation").
2. the ports that are under a VLAN-aware bridge should also set this
feature, for 8021q uppers having a VID not claimed by the bridge.
In this case, the driver will essentially not even know that the VID
is coming from the 8021q layer and not the bridge.
3. Hellcreek. This driver needs it because in standalone mode, it uses
unique VLANs per port to ensure separation. For separation of untagged
traffic, it uses different PVIDs for each port, and for separation of
VLAN-tagged traffic, it never accepts 8021q uppers with the same vid
on two ports.
If a driver does not fall under any of the above 3 categories, there is
no reason why it should advertise the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature, therefore
no reason why it should offload the VLANs added through vlan_vid_add.
This commit fixes the problem by removing the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature
from the slave devices when they operate in standalone mode, and when
they offload a VLAN-unaware bridge.
The way it works is that vlan_vid_add will now stop its processing here:
vlan_add_rx_filter_info:
if (!vlan_hw_filter_capable(dev, proto))
return 0;
So the VLAN will still be saved in the interface's VLAN RX filtering
list, but because it does not declare VLAN filtering in its features,
the 8021q module will return zero without committing that VLAN to
hardware.
This gives the drivers what they want, since it keeps the 8021q VLANs
away from the VLAN table until VLAN awareness is enabled (point at which
the ports are no longer standalone, hence in the mv88e6xxx case, the
check in mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_prepare passes).
Since the issue predates the existence of the hellcreek driver, case 3
will be dealt with in a separate patch.
The main change that this patch makes is to no longer set
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER unconditionally, but toggle it dynamically
(for most switches, never).
The second part of the patch addresses an issue that the first part
introduces: because the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature is now dynamically
toggled, and our .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid does not get called when
'rx-vlan-filter' is off, we need to avoid bugs such as the following by
replaying the VLANs from 8021q uppers every time we enable VLAN
filtering:
ip link add link lan0 name lan0.100 type vlan id 100
ip addr add 192.168.100.1/24 dev lan0.100
ping 192.168.100.2 # should work
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set lan0 master br0
ping 192.168.100.2 # should still work
ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ping 192.168.100.2 # should still work but doesn't
As reported by Florian, some drivers look at ds->vlan_filtering in
their .port_vlan_add() implementation. So this patch also makes sure
that ds->vlan_filtering is committed before calling the driver. This is
the reason why it is first committed, then restored on the failure path.
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reported-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-24 05:22:57 +08:00
|
|
|
* - the 8021q upper VLANs
|
net: dsa: let drivers state that they need VLAN filtering while standalone
As explained in commit e358bef7c392 ("net: dsa: Give drivers the chance
to veto certain upper devices"), the hellcreek driver uses some tricks
to comply with the network stack expectations: it enforces port
separation in standalone mode using VLANs. For untagged traffic,
bridging between ports is prevented by using different PVIDs, and for
VLAN-tagged traffic, it never accepts 8021q uppers with the same VID on
two ports, so packets with one VLAN cannot leak from one port to another.
That is almost fine*, and has worked because hellcreek relied on an
implicit behavior of the DSA core that was changed by the previous
patch: the standalone ports declare the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature as 'on
[fixed]'. Since most of the DSA drivers are actually VLAN-unaware in
standalone mode, that feature was actually incorrectly reflecting the
hardware/driver state, so there was a desire to fix it. This leaves the
hellcreek driver in a situation where it has to explicitly request this
behavior from the DSA framework.
We configure the ports as follows:
- Standalone: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper on top of a
standalone hellcreek port will go through dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid
and will add a VLAN to the hardware tables, giving the driver the
opportunity to refuse it through .port_prechangeupper.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=0: 'rx-vlan-filter' is off. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will not go through
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid, because there will not be any attempt to
offload this VLAN. The driver already disables VLAN awareness, so that
upper should receive the traffic it needs.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=1: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will call dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid,
and can again be vetoed through .port_prechangeupper.
*It is not actually completely fine, because if I follow through
correctly, we can have the following situation:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set lan0 master br0 # lan0 now becomes VLAN-unaware
ip link set lan0 nomaster # lan0 fails to become VLAN-aware again, therefore breaking isolation
This patch fixes that corner case by extending the DSA core logic, based
on this requested attribute, to change the VLAN awareness state of the
switch (port) when it leaves the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-24 05:22:58 +08:00
|
|
|
* - else (standalone VLAN filtering is not needed, VLAN filtering is not
|
|
|
|
|
* global, or it is, but no port is under a VLAN-aware bridge):
|
net: dsa: don't advertise 'rx-vlan-filter' when not needed
There have been multiple independent reports about
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid being called (and consequently calling the
drivers' .port_vlan_add) when it isn't needed, and sometimes (not
always) causing problems in the process.
Case 1:
mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_prepare is stubborn and only accepts VLANs on
bridged ports. That is understandably so, because standalone mv88e6xxx
ports are VLAN-unaware, and VTU entries are said to be a scarce
resource.
Otherwise said, the following fails lamentably on mv88e6xxx:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ip link set lan3 master br0
ip link add link lan10 name lan10.1 type vlan id 1
[485256.724147] mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:12: p10: hw VLAN 1 already used by port 3 in br0
RTNETLINK answers: Operation not supported
This has become a worse issue since commit 9b236d2a69da ("net: dsa:
Advertise the VLAN offload netdev ability only if switch supports it").
Up to that point, the driver was returning -EOPNOTSUPP and DSA was
reconverting that error to 0, making the 8021q upper think all is ok
(but obviously the error message was there even prior to this change).
After that change the -EOPNOTSUPP is propagated to vlan_vid_add, and it
is a hard error.
Case 2:
Ports that don't offload the Linux bridge (have a dp->bridge_dev = NULL
because they don't implement .port_bridge_{join,leave}). Understandably,
a standalone port should not offload VLANs either, it should remain VLAN
unaware and any VLAN should be a software VLAN (as long as the hardware
is not quirky, that is).
In fact, dsa_slave_port_obj_add does do the right thing and rejects
switchdev VLAN objects coming from the bridge when that bridge is not
offloaded:
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
err = dsa_slave_vlan_add(dev, obj, extack);
But it seems that the bridge is able to trick us. The __vlan_vid_add
from br_vlan.c has:
/* Try switchdev op first. In case it is not supported, fallback to
* 8021q add.
*/
err = br_switchdev_port_vlan_add(dev, v->vid, flags, extack);
if (err == -EOPNOTSUPP)
return vlan_vid_add(dev, br->vlan_proto, v->vid);
So it says "no, no, you need this VLAN in your life!". And we, naive as
we are, say "oh, this comes from the vlan_vid_add code path, it must be
an 8021q upper, sure, I'll take that". And we end up with that bridge
VLAN installed on our port anyway. But this time, it has the wrong flags:
if the bridge was trying to install VLAN 1 as a pvid/untagged VLAN,
failed via switchdev, retried via vlan_vid_add, we have this comment:
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
So what we do makes absolutely no sense.
Backtracing a bit, we see the common pattern. We allow the network stack
to think that our standalone ports are VLAN-aware, but they aren't, for
the vast majority of switches. The quirky ones should not dictate the
norm. The dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid and dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid
methods exist for drivers that need the 'rx-vlan-filter: on' feature in
ethtool -k, which can be due to any of the following reasons:
1. vlan_filtering_is_global = true, and some ports are under a
VLAN-aware bridge while others are standalone, and the standalone
ports would otherwise drop VLAN-tagged traffic. This is described in
commit 061f6a505ac3 ("net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid
implementation").
2. the ports that are under a VLAN-aware bridge should also set this
feature, for 8021q uppers having a VID not claimed by the bridge.
In this case, the driver will essentially not even know that the VID
is coming from the 8021q layer and not the bridge.
3. Hellcreek. This driver needs it because in standalone mode, it uses
unique VLANs per port to ensure separation. For separation of untagged
traffic, it uses different PVIDs for each port, and for separation of
VLAN-tagged traffic, it never accepts 8021q uppers with the same vid
on two ports.
If a driver does not fall under any of the above 3 categories, there is
no reason why it should advertise the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature, therefore
no reason why it should offload the VLANs added through vlan_vid_add.
This commit fixes the problem by removing the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature
from the slave devices when they operate in standalone mode, and when
they offload a VLAN-unaware bridge.
The way it works is that vlan_vid_add will now stop its processing here:
vlan_add_rx_filter_info:
if (!vlan_hw_filter_capable(dev, proto))
return 0;
So the VLAN will still be saved in the interface's VLAN RX filtering
list, but because it does not declare VLAN filtering in its features,
the 8021q module will return zero without committing that VLAN to
hardware.
This gives the drivers what they want, since it keeps the 8021q VLANs
away from the VLAN table until VLAN awareness is enabled (point at which
the ports are no longer standalone, hence in the mv88e6xxx case, the
check in mv88e6xxx_port_vlan_prepare passes).
Since the issue predates the existence of the hellcreek driver, case 3
will be dealt with in a separate patch.
The main change that this patch makes is to no longer set
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER unconditionally, but toggle it dynamically
(for most switches, never).
The second part of the patch addresses an issue that the first part
introduces: because the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature is now dynamically
toggled, and our .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid does not get called when
'rx-vlan-filter' is off, we need to avoid bugs such as the following by
replaying the VLANs from 8021q uppers every time we enable VLAN
filtering:
ip link add link lan0 name lan0.100 type vlan id 100
ip addr add 192.168.100.1/24 dev lan0.100
ping 192.168.100.2 # should work
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set lan0 master br0
ping 192.168.100.2 # should still work
ip link set br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 1
ping 192.168.100.2 # should still work but doesn't
As reported by Florian, some drivers look at ds->vlan_filtering in
their .port_vlan_add() implementation. So this patch also makes sure
that ds->vlan_filtering is committed before calling the driver. This is
the reason why it is first committed, then restored on the failure path.
Reported-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com>
Reported-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-24 05:22:57 +08:00
|
|
|
* - no VLAN (any 8021q upper is a software VLAN)
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* - If under a vlan_filtering=0 bridge which it offload:
|
|
|
|
|
* - if ds->configure_vlan_while_not_filtering = true (default):
|
|
|
|
|
* - the bridge VLANs. These VLANs are committed to hardware but inactive.
|
|
|
|
|
* - else (deprecated):
|
|
|
|
|
* - no VLAN. The bridge VLANs are not restored when VLAN awareness is
|
|
|
|
|
* enabled, so this behavior is broken and discouraged.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* - If under a vlan_filtering=1 bridge which it offload:
|
|
|
|
|
* - the bridge VLANs
|
|
|
|
|
* - the 8021q upper VLANs
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
int dsa_slave_manage_vlan_filtering(struct net_device *slave,
|
|
|
|
|
bool vlan_filtering)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (vlan_filtering) {
|
|
|
|
|
slave->features |= NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = vlan_for_each(slave, dsa_slave_restore_vlan, slave);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
vlan_for_each(slave, dsa_slave_clear_vlan, slave);
|
|
|
|
|
slave->features &= ~NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER;
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
err = vlan_for_each(slave, dsa_slave_clear_vlan, slave);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
slave->features &= ~NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath
Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU
(maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the
length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for
reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in
the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway).
So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring.
In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the
associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say
that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that
there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that
is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU.
When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver
MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it
adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the
slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in
order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the
interface they are received and send on.
The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted,
is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain
should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by
the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is
possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so
there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single
interface sees that packet.
The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with
the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with
MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the
br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU
configured on the bridge net device is ignored.
In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we
need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger
than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit
the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA
since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within
a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU.
And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do.
>From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the
user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to
change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep
changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU
that the bridge is normalized to is either:
- The most recently changed one:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400
This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0.
- The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_hw_port {
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head list;
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev;
|
|
|
|
|
int old_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_hw_port_list_set_mtu(struct list_head *hw_port_list, int mtu)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
const struct dsa_hw_port *p;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(p, hw_port_list, list) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (p->dev->mtu == mtu)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dev_set_mtu(p->dev, mtu);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto rollback;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rollback:
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse(p, hw_port_list, list) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (p->dev->mtu == p->old_mtu)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dev_set_mtu(p->dev, p->old_mtu))
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(p->dev, "Failed to restore MTU\n");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_hw_port_list_free(struct list_head *hw_port_list)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_hw_port *p, *n;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry_safe(p, n, hw_port_list, list)
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(p);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make the hardware datapath to/from @dev limited to a common MTU */
|
2020-04-02 09:25:48 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization(struct dsa_port *dp)
|
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath
Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU
(maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the
length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for
reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in
the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway).
So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring.
In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the
associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say
that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that
there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that
is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU.
When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver
MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it
adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the
slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in
order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the
interface they are received and send on.
The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted,
is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain
should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by
the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is
possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so
there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single
interface sees that packet.
The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with
the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with
MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the
br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU
configured on the bridge net device is ignored.
In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we
need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger
than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit
the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA
since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within
a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU.
And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do.
>From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the
user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to
change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep
changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU
that the bridge is normalized to is either:
- The most recently changed one:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400
This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0.
- The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head hw_port_list;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst;
|
|
|
|
|
int min_mtu = ETH_MAX_MTU;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *other_dp;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dp->ds->mtu_enforcement_ingress)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: keep the bridge_dev and bridge_num as part of the same structure
The main desire behind this is to provide coherent bridge information to
the fast path without locking.
For example, right now we set dp->bridge_dev and dp->bridge_num from
separate code paths, it is theoretically possible for a packet
transmission to read these two port properties consecutively and find a
bridge number which does not correspond with the bridge device.
Another desire is to start passing more complex bridge information to
dsa_switch_ops functions. For example, with FDB isolation, it is
expected that drivers will need to be passed the bridge which requested
an FDB/MDB entry to be offloaded, and along with that bridge_dev, the
associated bridge_num should be passed too, in case the driver might
want to implement an isolation scheme based on that number.
We already pass the {bridge_dev, bridge_num} pair to the TX forwarding
offload switch API, however we'd like to remove that and squash it into
the basic bridge join/leave API. So that means we need to pass this
pair to the bridge join/leave API.
During dsa_port_bridge_leave, first we unset dp->bridge_dev, then we
call the driver's .port_bridge_leave with what used to be our
dp->bridge_dev, but provided as an argument.
When bridge_dev and bridge_num get folded into a single structure, we
need to preserve this behavior in dsa_port_bridge_leave: we need a copy
of what used to be in dp->bridge.
Switch drivers check bridge membership by comparing dp->bridge_dev with
the provided bridge_dev, but now, if we provide the struct dsa_bridge as
a pointer, they cannot keep comparing dp->bridge to the provided
pointer, since this only points to an on-stack copy. To make this
obvious and prevent driver writers from forgetting and doing stupid
things, in this new API, the struct dsa_bridge is provided as a full
structure (not very large, contains an int and a pointer) instead of a
pointer. An explicit comparison function needs to be used to determine
bridge membership: dsa_port_offloads_bridge().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-12-07 00:57:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dp->bridge)
|
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath
Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU
(maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the
length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for
reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in
the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway).
So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring.
In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the
associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say
that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that
there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that
is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU.
When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver
MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it
adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the
slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in
order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the
interface they are received and send on.
The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted,
is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain
should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by
the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is
possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so
there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single
interface sees that packet.
The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with
the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with
MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the
br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU
configured on the bridge net device is ignored.
In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we
need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger
than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit
the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA
since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within
a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU.
And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do.
>From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the
user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to
change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep
changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU
that the bridge is normalized to is either:
- The most recently changed one:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400
This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0.
- The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&hw_port_list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Populate the list of ports that are part of the same bridge
|
|
|
|
|
* as the newly added/modified port
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(dst, &dsa_tree_list, list) {
|
|
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(other_dp, &dst->ports, list) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_hw_port *hw_port;
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *slave;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (other_dp->type != DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-12-07 00:57:52 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_bridge_same(dp, other_dp))
|
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath
Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU
(maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the
length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for
reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in
the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway).
So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring.
In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the
associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say
that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that
there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that
is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU.
When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver
MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it
adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the
slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in
order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the
interface they are received and send on.
The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted,
is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain
should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by
the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is
possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so
there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single
interface sees that packet.
The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with
the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with
MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the
br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU
configured on the bridge net device is ignored.
In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we
need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger
than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit
the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA
since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within
a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU.
And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do.
>From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the
user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to
change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep
changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU
that the bridge is normalized to is either:
- The most recently changed one:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400
This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0.
- The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!other_dp->ds->mtu_enforcement_ingress)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
slave = other_dp->slave;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (min_mtu > slave->mtu)
|
|
|
|
|
min_mtu = slave->mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hw_port = kzalloc(sizeof(*hw_port), GFP_KERNEL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!hw_port)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hw_port->dev = slave;
|
|
|
|
|
hw_port->old_mtu = slave->mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list_add(&hw_port->list, &hw_port_list);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Attempt to configure the entire hardware bridge to the newly added
|
|
|
|
|
* interface's MTU first, regardless of whether the intention of the
|
|
|
|
|
* user was to raise or lower it.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_hw_port_list_set_mtu(&hw_port_list, dp->slave->mtu);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Clearly that didn't work out so well, so just set the minimum MTU on
|
|
|
|
|
* all hardware bridge ports now. If this fails too, then all ports will
|
|
|
|
|
* still have their old MTU rolled back anyway.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_hw_port_list_set_mtu(&hw_port_list, min_mtu);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out:
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_hw_port_list_free(&hw_port_list);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute
Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as
commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"),
and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA
link-layer types").
It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it
writable:
$ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one
tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to
perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa
and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable.
In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by
implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch
in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well,
or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol,
if necessary, must be handled by the driver.
Some things remain as before:
- The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load
the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should
report the tagging protocol in current use now.
- The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging
protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying
resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the
.teardown() method.
For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated,
since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag
protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is
attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent
state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol
transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement
.change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the
empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now.
Testing:
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14
[ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
$ insmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed
[ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0
[ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1
[ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2
[ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3
[ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
[ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1
[ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
[ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms
^C
- 10.0.0.1 ping statistics -
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
$ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
#!/bin/bash
ip link set swp0 down
ip link set swp1 down
ip link set swp2 down
ip link set swp3 down
ip link set swp5 down
ip link set eno2 down
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ip link set eno2 up
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp3 up
ip link set swp5 up
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot-8021q
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
|
|
|
int dsa_slave_change_mtu(struct net_device *dev, int new_mtu)
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2022-04-15 23:46:24 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = dp->cpu_dp;
|
2022-04-15 23:46:25 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2022-04-15 23:46:23 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *other_dp;
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
int largest_mtu = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int new_master_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
int old_master_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
int mtu_limit;
|
|
|
|
|
int cpu_mtu;
|
2021-06-22 00:42:17 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_change_mtu)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-04-15 23:46:23 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_tree_for_each_user_port(other_dp, ds->dst) {
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
int slave_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* During probe, this function will be called for each slave
|
|
|
|
|
* device, while not all of them have been allocated. That's
|
|
|
|
|
* ok, it doesn't change what the maximum is, so ignore it.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2022-04-15 23:46:23 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!other_dp->slave)
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Pretend that we already applied the setting, which we
|
|
|
|
|
* actually haven't (still haven't done all integrity checks)
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2022-04-15 23:46:23 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dp == other_dp)
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_mtu = new_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
2022-04-15 23:46:23 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_mtu = other_dp->slave->mtu;
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (largest_mtu < slave_mtu)
|
|
|
|
|
largest_mtu = slave_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mtu_limit = min_t(int, master->max_mtu, dev->max_mtu);
|
|
|
|
|
old_master_mtu = master->mtu;
|
2021-06-12 03:01:24 +08:00
|
|
|
new_master_mtu = largest_mtu + dsa_tag_protocol_overhead(cpu_dp->tag_ops);
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (new_master_mtu > mtu_limit)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ERANGE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the master MTU isn't over limit, there's no need to check the CPU
|
|
|
|
|
* MTU, since that surely isn't either.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
cpu_mtu = largest_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Start applying stuff */
|
|
|
|
|
if (new_master_mtu != old_master_mtu) {
|
|
|
|
|
err = dev_set_mtu(master, new_master_mtu);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_master_failed;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We only need to propagate the MTU of the CPU port to
|
2022-04-15 23:46:26 +08:00
|
|
|
* upstream switches, so emit a notifier which updates them.
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2022-04-15 23:46:26 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_mtu_change(cpu_dp, cpu_mtu);
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_cpu_failed;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-04-15 23:46:26 +08:00
|
|
|
err = ds->ops->port_change_mtu(ds, dp->index, new_mtu);
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_port_failed;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dev->mtu = new_mtu;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath
Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU
(maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the
length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for
reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in
the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway).
So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring.
In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the
associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say
that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that
there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that
is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU.
When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver
MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it
adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the
slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in
order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the
interface they are received and send on.
The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted,
is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain
should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by
the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is
possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so
there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single
interface sees that packet.
The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with
the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with
MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the
br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU
configured on the bridge net device is ignored.
In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we
need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger
than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit
the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA
since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within
a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU.
And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do.
>From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the
user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to
change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep
changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU
that the bridge is normalized to is either:
- The most recently changed one:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400
This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0.
- The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization(dp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_port_failed:
|
|
|
|
|
if (new_master_mtu != old_master_mtu)
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_port_mtu_change(cpu_dp, old_master_mtu -
|
2022-04-15 23:46:26 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_tag_protocol_overhead(cpu_dp->tag_ops));
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
out_cpu_failed:
|
|
|
|
|
if (new_master_mtu != old_master_mtu)
|
|
|
|
|
dev_set_mtu(master, old_master_mtu);
|
|
|
|
|
out_master_failed:
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
static int __maybe_unused
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_dcbnl_set_default_prio(struct net_device *dev, struct dcb_app *app)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long mask, new_prio;
|
|
|
|
|
int err, port = dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_set_default_prio)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dcb_ieee_setapp(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mask = dcb_ieee_getapp_mask(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
new_prio = __fls(mask);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(ds, port, new_prio);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
dcb_ieee_delapp(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-03-12 05:15:19 +08:00
|
|
|
static int __maybe_unused
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_dcbnl_add_dscp_prio(struct net_device *dev, struct dcb_app *app)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long mask, new_prio;
|
|
|
|
|
int err, port = dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
u8 dscp = app->protocol;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_add_dscp_prio)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (dscp >= 64) {
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(dev, "DSCP APP entry with protocol value %u is invalid\n",
|
|
|
|
|
dscp);
|
|
|
|
|
return -EINVAL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dcb_ieee_setapp(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mask = dcb_ieee_getapp_mask(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
new_prio = __fls(mask);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = ds->ops->port_add_dscp_prio(ds, port, dscp, new_prio);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
dcb_ieee_delapp(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
static int __maybe_unused dsa_slave_dcbnl_ieee_setapp(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct dcb_app *app)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (app->selector) {
|
|
|
|
|
case IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_ETHERTYPE:
|
|
|
|
|
switch (app->protocol) {
|
|
|
|
|
case 0:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_dcbnl_set_default_prio(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2022-03-12 05:15:19 +08:00
|
|
|
case IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_DSCP:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_dcbnl_add_dscp_prio(dev, app);
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int __maybe_unused
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_dcbnl_del_default_prio(struct net_device *dev, struct dcb_app *app)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long mask, new_prio;
|
|
|
|
|
int err, port = dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_set_default_prio)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dcb_ieee_delapp(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
mask = dcb_ieee_getapp_mask(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
new_prio = mask ? __fls(mask) : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(ds, port, new_prio);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
dcb_ieee_setapp(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-03-12 05:15:19 +08:00
|
|
|
static int __maybe_unused
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_dcbnl_del_dscp_prio(struct net_device *dev, struct dcb_app *app)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
int err, port = dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
u8 dscp = app->protocol;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_del_dscp_prio)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dcb_ieee_delapp(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = ds->ops->port_del_dscp_prio(ds, port, dscp, app->priority);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
dcb_ieee_setapp(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
static int __maybe_unused dsa_slave_dcbnl_ieee_delapp(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct dcb_app *app)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (app->selector) {
|
|
|
|
|
case IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_ETHERTYPE:
|
|
|
|
|
switch (app->protocol) {
|
|
|
|
|
case 0:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_dcbnl_del_default_prio(dev, app);
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2022-03-12 05:15:19 +08:00
|
|
|
case IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_DSCP:
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_dcbnl_del_dscp_prio(dev, app);
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Pre-populate the DCB application priority table with the priorities
|
|
|
|
|
* configured during switch setup, which we read from hardware here.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_dcbnl_init(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
int port = dp->index;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->port_get_default_prio) {
|
|
|
|
|
int prio = ds->ops->port_get_default_prio(ds, port);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dcb_app app = {
|
|
|
|
|
.selector = IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_ETHERTYPE,
|
|
|
|
|
.protocol = 0,
|
|
|
|
|
.priority = prio,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (prio < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return prio;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dcb_ieee_setapp(dev, &app);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-03-12 05:15:19 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->port_get_dscp_prio) {
|
|
|
|
|
int protocol;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (protocol = 0; protocol < 64; protocol++) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct dcb_app app = {
|
|
|
|
|
.selector = IEEE_8021QAZ_APP_SEL_DSCP,
|
|
|
|
|
.protocol = protocol,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
int prio;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prio = ds->ops->port_get_dscp_prio(ds, port, protocol);
|
|
|
|
|
if (prio == -EOPNOTSUPP)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
if (prio < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return prio;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
app.priority = prio;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dcb_ieee_setapp(dev, &app);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
static const struct ethtool_ops dsa_slave_ethtool_ops = {
|
|
|
|
|
.get_drvinfo = dsa_slave_get_drvinfo,
|
2014-10-30 01:45:04 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_regs_len = dsa_slave_get_regs_len,
|
|
|
|
|
.get_regs = dsa_slave_get_regs,
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
.nway_reset = dsa_slave_nway_reset,
|
2018-05-11 04:17:34 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_link = ethtool_op_get_link,
|
2014-10-30 01:45:01 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_eeprom_len = dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len,
|
|
|
|
|
.get_eeprom = dsa_slave_get_eeprom,
|
|
|
|
|
.set_eeprom = dsa_slave_set_eeprom,
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_strings = dsa_slave_get_strings,
|
|
|
|
|
.get_ethtool_stats = dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats,
|
|
|
|
|
.get_sset_count = dsa_slave_get_sset_count,
|
2021-10-18 17:37:57 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_eth_phy_stats = dsa_slave_get_eth_phy_stats,
|
|
|
|
|
.get_eth_mac_stats = dsa_slave_get_eth_mac_stats,
|
|
|
|
|
.get_eth_ctrl_stats = dsa_slave_get_eth_ctrl_stats,
|
2022-06-24 22:39:47 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_rmon_stats = dsa_slave_get_rmon_stats,
|
2014-09-19 08:31:24 +08:00
|
|
|
.set_wol = dsa_slave_set_wol,
|
|
|
|
|
.get_wol = dsa_slave_get_wol,
|
2014-09-25 08:05:21 +08:00
|
|
|
.set_eee = dsa_slave_set_eee,
|
|
|
|
|
.get_eee = dsa_slave_get_eee,
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings,
|
|
|
|
|
.set_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings,
|
2022-06-28 16:51:52 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_pause_stats = dsa_slave_get_pause_stats,
|
2019-10-30 05:32:48 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_pauseparam = dsa_slave_get_pauseparam,
|
|
|
|
|
.set_pauseparam = dsa_slave_set_pauseparam,
|
2017-01-31 01:48:40 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_rxnfc = dsa_slave_get_rxnfc,
|
|
|
|
|
.set_rxnfc = dsa_slave_set_rxnfc,
|
2018-02-14 08:07:48 +08:00
|
|
|
.get_ts_info = dsa_slave_get_ts_info,
|
2021-04-19 21:01:06 +08:00
|
|
|
.self_test = dsa_slave_net_selftest,
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
static const struct dcbnl_rtnl_ops __maybe_unused dsa_slave_dcbnl_ops = {
|
|
|
|
|
.ieee_setapp = dsa_slave_dcbnl_ieee_setapp,
|
|
|
|
|
.ieee_delapp = dsa_slave_dcbnl_ieee_delapp,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2019-03-28 20:56:43 +08:00
|
|
|
static struct devlink_port *dsa_slave_get_devlink_port(struct net_device *dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-02-10 21:44:58 +08:00
|
|
|
return &dp->devlink_port;
|
2019-03-28 20:56:43 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01-11 18:46:57 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_get_stats64(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct rtnl_link_stats64 *s)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_stats64)
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->get_stats64(ds, dp->index, s);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
dev_get_tstats64(dev, s);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-24 09:30:37 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_fill_forward_path(struct net_device_path_ctx *ctx,
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device_path *path)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(ctx->dev);
|
2022-09-11 09:06:58 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_port_to_master(dp);
|
2021-03-24 09:30:37 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = dp->cpu_dp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
path->dev = ctx->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
path->type = DEV_PATH_DSA;
|
|
|
|
|
path->dsa.proto = cpu_dp->tag_ops->proto;
|
|
|
|
|
path->dsa.port = dp->index;
|
2022-09-11 09:06:58 +08:00
|
|
|
ctx->dev = master;
|
2021-03-24 09:30:37 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-08-28 08:04:46 +08:00
|
|
|
static const struct net_device_ops dsa_slave_netdev_ops = {
|
2009-01-07 08:45:26 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_open = dsa_slave_open,
|
|
|
|
|
.ndo_stop = dsa_slave_close,
|
2014-08-28 08:04:46 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_start_xmit = dsa_slave_xmit,
|
2009-01-07 08:45:26 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_change_rx_flags = dsa_slave_change_rx_flags,
|
|
|
|
|
.ndo_set_rx_mode = dsa_slave_set_rx_mode,
|
|
|
|
|
.ndo_set_mac_address = dsa_slave_set_mac_address,
|
2017-08-06 21:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_fdb_dump = dsa_slave_fdb_dump,
|
2021-07-27 21:45:13 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_eth_ioctl = dsa_slave_ioctl,
|
2015-04-02 23:07:08 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_get_iflink = dsa_slave_get_iflink,
|
2015-08-01 02:42:57 +08:00
|
|
|
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
|
|
|
|
|
.ndo_netpoll_setup = dsa_slave_netpoll_setup,
|
|
|
|
|
.ndo_netpoll_cleanup = dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup,
|
|
|
|
|
.ndo_poll_controller = dsa_slave_poll_controller,
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_setup_tc = dsa_slave_setup_tc,
|
2021-01-11 18:46:57 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_get_stats64 = dsa_slave_get_stats64,
|
2019-02-21 06:35:39 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid = dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid,
|
|
|
|
|
.ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid = dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid,
|
2019-03-28 20:56:43 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_get_devlink_port = dsa_slave_get_devlink_port,
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_change_mtu = dsa_slave_change_mtu,
|
2021-03-24 09:30:37 +08:00
|
|
|
.ndo_fill_forward_path = dsa_slave_fill_forward_path,
|
2015-03-16 12:07:15 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-09-24 09:19:58 +08:00
|
|
|
static struct device_type dsa_type = {
|
|
|
|
|
.name = "dsa",
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
void dsa_port_phylink_mac_change(struct dsa_switch *ds, int port, bool up)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
const struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_to_port(ds, port);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-03-31 22:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dp->pl)
|
|
|
|
|
phylink_mac_change(dp->pl, up);
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_port_phylink_mac_change);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-24 00:02:56 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_phylink_fixed_state(struct phylink_config *config,
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
struct phylink_link_state *state)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2020-04-24 00:02:56 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(config, struct dsa_port, pl_config);
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* No need to check that this operation is valid, the callback would
|
|
|
|
|
* not be called if it was not.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
ds->ops->phylink_fixed_state(ds, dp->index, state);
|
2014-08-28 08:04:54 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
/* slave device setup *******************************************************/
|
2021-06-14 12:31:24 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_phy_connect(struct net_device *slave_dev, int addr,
|
|
|
|
|
u32 flags)
|
2015-03-11 07:57:12 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2015-03-11 07:57:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-09-27 05:15:32 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_dev->phydev = mdiobus_get_phy(ds->slave_mii_bus, addr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!slave_dev->phydev) {
|
2015-10-04 01:09:07 +08:00
|
|
|
netdev_err(slave_dev, "no phy at %d\n", addr);
|
2015-03-11 07:57:12 +08:00
|
|
|
return -ENODEV;
|
2015-10-04 01:09:07 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-03-11 07:57:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-14 12:31:24 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_dev->phydev->dev_flags |= flags;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
return phylink_connect_phy(dp->pl, slave_dev->phydev);
|
2018-05-11 04:17:32 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-21 07:31:57 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_phy_setup(struct net_device *slave_dev)
|
2014-08-28 08:04:51 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct device_node *port_dn = dp->dn;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
2014-09-20 04:07:54 +08:00
|
|
|
u32 phy_flags = 0;
|
net: of_get_phy_mode: Change API to solve int/unit warnings
Before this change of_get_phy_mode() returned an enum,
phy_interface_t. On error, -ENODEV etc, is returned. If the result of
the function is stored in a variable of type phy_interface_t, and the
compiler has decided to represent this as an unsigned int, comparision
with -ENODEV etc, is a signed vs unsigned comparision.
Fix this problem by changing the API. Make the function return an
error, or 0 on success, and pass a pointer, of type phy_interface_t,
where the phy mode should be stored.
v2:
Return with *interface set to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA on error.
Add error checks to all users of of_get_phy_mode()
Fixup a few reverse christmas tree errors
Fixup a few slightly malformed reverse christmas trees
v3:
Fix 0-day reported errors.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-11-04 09:40:33 +08:00
|
|
|
int ret;
|
2014-08-28 08:04:51 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-05-29 01:38:12 +08:00
|
|
|
dp->pl_config.dev = &slave_dev->dev;
|
|
|
|
|
dp->pl_config.type = PHYLINK_NETDEV;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-04-24 00:02:56 +08:00
|
|
|
/* The get_fixed_state callback takes precedence over polling the
|
|
|
|
|
* link GPIO in PHYLINK (see phylink_get_fixed_state). Only set
|
|
|
|
|
* this if the switch provides such a callback.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->phylink_fixed_state) {
|
|
|
|
|
dp->pl_config.get_fixed_state = dsa_slave_phylink_fixed_state;
|
|
|
|
|
dp->pl_config.poll_fixed_state = true;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-11-30 21:09:55 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_port_phylink_create(dp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret)
|
|
|
|
|
return ret;
|
2014-08-28 08:04:51 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2016-08-24 00:38:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->get_phy_flags)
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
phy_flags = ds->ops->get_phy_flags(ds, dp->index);
|
2014-09-20 04:07:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = phylink_of_phy_connect(dp->pl, port_dn, phy_flags);
|
2019-03-24 07:24:07 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret == -ENODEV && ds->slave_mii_bus) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* We could not connect to a designated PHY or SFP, so try to
|
|
|
|
|
* use the switch internal MDIO bus instead
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2021-06-14 12:31:24 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_slave_phy_connect(slave_dev, dp->index, phy_flags);
|
2021-09-14 21:43:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(slave_dev, "failed to connect to PHY: %pe\n",
|
|
|
|
|
ERR_PTR(ret));
|
net: dsa: don't leave dangling pointers in dp->pl when failing
There is a desire to simplify the dsa_port registration path with
devlink, and this involves reworking a bit how user ports which fail to
connect to their PHY (because it's missing) get reinitialized as UNUSED
devlink ports.
The desire is for the change to look something like this; basically
dsa_port_setup() has failed, we just change dp->type and call
dsa_port_setup() again.
-/* Destroy the current devlink port, and create a new one which has the UNUSED
- * flavour.
- */
-static int dsa_port_reinit_as_unused(struct dsa_port *dp)
+static int dsa_port_setup_as_unused(struct dsa_port *dp)
{
- dsa_port_devlink_teardown(dp);
dp->type = DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED;
- return dsa_port_devlink_setup(dp);
+ return dsa_port_setup(dp);
}
For an UNUSED port, dsa_port_setup() mostly only calls dsa_port_devlink_setup()
anyway, so we could get away with calling just that. But if we call the
full blown dsa_port_setup(dp) (which will be needed to properly set
dp->setup = true), the callee will have the tendency to go through this
code block too, and call dsa_port_disable(dp):
switch (dp->type) {
case DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED:
dsa_port_disable(dp);
break;
That is not very good, because dsa_port_disable() has this hidden inside
of it:
if (dp->pl)
phylink_stop(dp->pl);
Fact is, we are not prepared to handle a call to dsa_port_disable() with
a struct dsa_port that came from a previous (and failed) call to
dsa_port_setup(). We do not clean up dp->pl, and this will make the
second call to dsa_port_setup() call phylink_stop() on a dangling dp->pl
pointer.
Solve this by creating an API for phylink destruction which is symmetric
to the phylink creation, and never leave dp->pl set to anything except
NULL or a valid phylink structure.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 15:29:00 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_port_phylink_destroy(dp);
|
2014-11-06 02:47:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2014-12-12 04:49:16 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2019-03-24 07:24:07 +08:00
|
|
|
return ret;
|
2014-08-28 08:04:51 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute
Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as
commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"),
and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA
link-layer types").
It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it
writable:
$ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one
tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to
perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa
and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable.
In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by
implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch
in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well,
or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol,
if necessary, must be handled by the driver.
Some things remain as before:
- The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load
the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should
report the tagging protocol in current use now.
- The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging
protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying
resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the
.teardown() method.
For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated,
since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag
protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is
attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent
state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol
transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement
.change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the
empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now.
Testing:
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14
[ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
$ insmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed
[ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0
[ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1
[ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2
[ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3
[ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
[ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1
[ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
[ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms
^C
- 10.0.0.1 ping statistics -
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
$ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
#!/bin/bash
ip link set swp0 down
ip link set swp1 down
ip link set swp2 down
ip link set swp3 down
ip link set swp5 down
ip link set eno2 down
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ip link set eno2 up
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp3 up
ip link set swp5 up
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot-8021q
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
|
|
|
void dsa_slave_setup_tagger(struct net_device *slave)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave);
|
2022-09-11 09:06:58 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_port_to_master(dp);
|
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute
Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as
commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"),
and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA
link-layer types").
It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it
writable:
$ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one
tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to
perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa
and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable.
In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by
implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch
in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well,
or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol,
if necessary, must be handled by the driver.
Some things remain as before:
- The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load
the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should
report the tagging protocol in current use now.
- The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging
protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying
resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the
.teardown() method.
For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated,
since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag
protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is
attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent
state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol
transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement
.change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the
empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now.
Testing:
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14
[ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
$ insmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed
[ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0
[ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1
[ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2
[ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3
[ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
[ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1
[ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
[ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms
^C
- 10.0.0.1 ping statistics -
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
$ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
#!/bin/bash
ip link set swp0 down
ip link set swp1 down
ip link set swp2 down
ip link set swp3 down
ip link set swp5 down
ip link set eno2 down
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ip link set eno2 up
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp3 up
ip link set swp5 up
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot-8021q
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave);
|
|
|
|
|
const struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = dp->cpu_dp;
|
net: dsa: let drivers state that they need VLAN filtering while standalone
As explained in commit e358bef7c392 ("net: dsa: Give drivers the chance
to veto certain upper devices"), the hellcreek driver uses some tricks
to comply with the network stack expectations: it enforces port
separation in standalone mode using VLANs. For untagged traffic,
bridging between ports is prevented by using different PVIDs, and for
VLAN-tagged traffic, it never accepts 8021q uppers with the same VID on
two ports, so packets with one VLAN cannot leak from one port to another.
That is almost fine*, and has worked because hellcreek relied on an
implicit behavior of the DSA core that was changed by the previous
patch: the standalone ports declare the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature as 'on
[fixed]'. Since most of the DSA drivers are actually VLAN-unaware in
standalone mode, that feature was actually incorrectly reflecting the
hardware/driver state, so there was a desire to fix it. This leaves the
hellcreek driver in a situation where it has to explicitly request this
behavior from the DSA framework.
We configure the ports as follows:
- Standalone: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper on top of a
standalone hellcreek port will go through dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid
and will add a VLAN to the hardware tables, giving the driver the
opportunity to refuse it through .port_prechangeupper.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=0: 'rx-vlan-filter' is off. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will not go through
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid, because there will not be any attempt to
offload this VLAN. The driver already disables VLAN awareness, so that
upper should receive the traffic it needs.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=1: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will call dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid,
and can again be vetoed through .port_prechangeupper.
*It is not actually completely fine, because if I follow through
correctly, we can have the following situation:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set lan0 master br0 # lan0 now becomes VLAN-unaware
ip link set lan0 nomaster # lan0 fails to become VLAN-aware again, therefore breaking isolation
This patch fixes that corner case by extending the DSA core logic, based
on this requested attribute, to change the VLAN awareness state of the
switch (port) when it leaves the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-24 05:22:58 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute
Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as
commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"),
and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA
link-layer types").
It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it
writable:
$ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one
tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to
perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa
and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable.
In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by
implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch
in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well,
or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol,
if necessary, must be handled by the driver.
Some things remain as before:
- The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load
the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should
report the tagging protocol in current use now.
- The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging
protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying
resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the
.teardown() method.
For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated,
since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag
protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is
attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent
state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol
transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement
.change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the
empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now.
Testing:
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14
[ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
$ insmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed
[ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0
[ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1
[ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2
[ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3
[ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
[ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1
[ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
[ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms
^C
- 10.0.0.1 ping statistics -
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
$ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
#!/bin/bash
ip link set swp0 down
ip link set swp1 down
ip link set swp2 down
ip link set swp3 down
ip link set swp5 down
ip link set eno2 down
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ip link set eno2 up
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp3 up
ip link set swp5 up
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot-8021q
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-12 03:01:24 +08:00
|
|
|
slave->needed_headroom = cpu_dp->tag_ops->needed_headroom;
|
|
|
|
|
slave->needed_tailroom = cpu_dp->tag_ops->needed_tailroom;
|
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute
Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as
commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"),
and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA
link-layer types").
It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it
writable:
$ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one
tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to
perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa
and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable.
In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by
implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch
in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well,
or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol,
if necessary, must be handled by the driver.
Some things remain as before:
- The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load
the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should
report the tagging protocol in current use now.
- The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging
protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying
resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the
.teardown() method.
For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated,
since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag
protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is
attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent
state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol
transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement
.change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the
empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now.
Testing:
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14
[ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
$ insmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed
[ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0
[ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1
[ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2
[ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3
[ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
[ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1
[ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
[ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms
^C
- 10.0.0.1 ping statistics -
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
$ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
#!/bin/bash
ip link set swp0 down
ip link set swp1 down
ip link set swp2 down
ip link set swp3 down
ip link set swp5 down
ip link set eno2 down
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ip link set eno2 up
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp3 up
ip link set swp5 up
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot-8021q
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Try to save one extra realloc later in the TX path (in the master)
|
|
|
|
|
* by also inheriting the master's needed headroom and tailroom.
|
|
|
|
|
* The 8021q driver also does this.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
slave->needed_headroom += master->needed_headroom;
|
|
|
|
|
slave->needed_tailroom += master->needed_tailroom;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p->xmit = cpu_dp->tag_ops->xmit;
|
2021-07-22 05:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
slave->features = master->vlan_features | NETIF_F_HW_TC;
|
|
|
|
|
slave->hw_features |= NETIF_F_HW_TC;
|
|
|
|
|
slave->features |= NETIF_F_LLTX;
|
|
|
|
|
if (slave->needed_tailroom)
|
|
|
|
|
slave->features &= ~(NETIF_F_SG | NETIF_F_FRAGLIST);
|
net: dsa: let drivers state that they need VLAN filtering while standalone
As explained in commit e358bef7c392 ("net: dsa: Give drivers the chance
to veto certain upper devices"), the hellcreek driver uses some tricks
to comply with the network stack expectations: it enforces port
separation in standalone mode using VLANs. For untagged traffic,
bridging between ports is prevented by using different PVIDs, and for
VLAN-tagged traffic, it never accepts 8021q uppers with the same VID on
two ports, so packets with one VLAN cannot leak from one port to another.
That is almost fine*, and has worked because hellcreek relied on an
implicit behavior of the DSA core that was changed by the previous
patch: the standalone ports declare the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature as 'on
[fixed]'. Since most of the DSA drivers are actually VLAN-unaware in
standalone mode, that feature was actually incorrectly reflecting the
hardware/driver state, so there was a desire to fix it. This leaves the
hellcreek driver in a situation where it has to explicitly request this
behavior from the DSA framework.
We configure the ports as follows:
- Standalone: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper on top of a
standalone hellcreek port will go through dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid
and will add a VLAN to the hardware tables, giving the driver the
opportunity to refuse it through .port_prechangeupper.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=0: 'rx-vlan-filter' is off. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will not go through
dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid, because there will not be any attempt to
offload this VLAN. The driver already disables VLAN awareness, so that
upper should receive the traffic it needs.
- Bridged with vlan_filtering=1: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper
on top of a bridged hellcreek port will call dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid,
and can again be vetoed through .port_prechangeupper.
*It is not actually completely fine, because if I follow through
correctly, we can have the following situation:
ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0
ip link set lan0 master br0 # lan0 now becomes VLAN-unaware
ip link set lan0 nomaster # lan0 fails to become VLAN-aware again, therefore breaking isolation
This patch fixes that corner case by extending the DSA core logic, based
on this requested attribute, to change the VLAN awareness state of the
switch (port) when it leaves the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-24 05:22:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->needs_standalone_vlan_filtering)
|
|
|
|
|
slave->features |= NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER;
|
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute
Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as
commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"),
and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA
link-layer types").
It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it
writable:
$ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one
tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to
perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa
and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable.
In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by
implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch
in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well,
or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol,
if necessary, must be handled by the driver.
Some things remain as before:
- The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load
the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should
report the tagging protocol in current use now.
- The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging
protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying
resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the
.teardown() method.
For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated,
since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag
protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is
attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent
state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol
transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement
.change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the
empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now.
Testing:
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14
[ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
$ insmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed
[ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0
[ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1
[ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2
[ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3
[ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
[ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1
[ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
[ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms
^C
- 10.0.0.1 ping statistics -
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
$ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
#!/bin/bash
ip link set swp0 down
ip link set swp1 down
ip link set swp2 down
ip link set swp3 down
ip link set swp5 down
ip link set eno2 down
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ip link set eno2 up
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp3 up
ip link set swp5 up
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot-8021q
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-19 08:31:22 +08:00
|
|
|
int dsa_slave_suspend(struct net_device *slave_dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
|
2014-09-19 08:31:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2018-08-01 08:12:52 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!netif_running(slave_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-01-26 01:10:41 +08:00
|
|
|
netif_device_detach(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
rtnl_lock();
|
|
|
|
|
phylink_stop(dp->pl);
|
|
|
|
|
rtnl_unlock();
|
2014-09-19 08:31:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int dsa_slave_resume(struct net_device *slave_dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-08-01 08:12:52 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!netif_running(slave_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2014-09-19 08:31:22 +08:00
|
|
|
netif_device_attach(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
rtnl_lock();
|
|
|
|
|
phylink_start(dp->pl);
|
|
|
|
|
rtnl_unlock();
|
2014-09-19 08:31:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-10-28 03:55:19 +08:00
|
|
|
int dsa_slave_create(struct dsa_port *port)
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2022-09-11 09:06:58 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_port_to_master(port);
|
2017-08-06 04:20:19 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = port->ds;
|
2017-10-28 03:55:19 +08:00
|
|
|
const char *name = port->name;
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *slave_dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p;
|
|
|
|
|
int ret;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-04 11:27:00 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ds->num_tx_queues)
|
|
|
|
|
ds->num_tx_queues = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
slave_dev = alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof(struct dsa_slave_priv), name,
|
|
|
|
|
NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, ether_setup,
|
|
|
|
|
ds->num_tx_queues, 1);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (slave_dev == NULL)
|
2015-02-25 05:15:32 +08:00
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:06:59 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_dev->rtnl_link_ops = &dsa_link_ops;
|
2014-05-11 08:12:32 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_dev->ethtool_ops = &dsa_slave_ethtool_ops;
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DCB)
|
|
|
|
|
slave_dev->dcbnl_ops = &dsa_slave_dcbnl_ops;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
of: net: pass the dst buffer to of_get_mac_address()
of_get_mac_address() returns a "const void*" pointer to a MAC address.
Lately, support to fetch the MAC address by an NVMEM provider was added.
But this will only work with platform devices. It will not work with
PCI devices (e.g. of an integrated root complex) and esp. not with DSA
ports.
There is an of_* variant of the nvmem binding which works without
devices. The returned data of a nvmem_cell_read() has to be freed after
use. On the other hand the return of_get_mac_address() points to some
static data without a lifetime. The trick for now, was to allocate a
device resource managed buffer which is then returned. This will only
work if we have an actual device.
Change it, so that the caller of of_get_mac_address() has to supply a
buffer where the MAC address is written to. Unfortunately, this will
touch all drivers which use the of_get_mac_address().
Usually the code looks like:
const char *addr;
addr = of_get_mac_address(np);
if (!IS_ERR(addr))
ether_addr_copy(ndev->dev_addr, addr);
This can then be simply rewritten as:
of_get_mac_address(np, ndev->dev_addr);
Sometimes is_valid_ether_addr() is used to test the MAC address.
of_get_mac_address() already makes sure, it just returns a valid MAC
address. Thus we can just test its return code. But we have to be
careful if there are still other sources for the MAC address before the
of_get_mac_address(). In this case we have to keep the
is_valid_ether_addr() call.
The following coccinelle patch was used to convert common cases to the
new style. Afterwards, I've manually gone over the drivers and fixed the
return code variable: either used a new one or if one was already
available use that. Mansour Moufid, thanks for that coccinelle patch!
<spml>
@a@
identifier x;
expression y, z;
@@
- x = of_get_mac_address(y);
+ x = of_get_mac_address(y, z);
<...
- ether_addr_copy(z, x);
...>
@@
identifier a.x;
@@
- if (<+... x ...+>) {}
@@
identifier a.x;
@@
if (<+... x ...+>) {
...
}
- else {}
@@
identifier a.x;
expression e;
@@
- if (<+... x ...+>@e)
- {}
- else
+ if (!(e))
{...}
@@
expression x, y, z;
@@
- x = of_get_mac_address(y, z);
+ of_get_mac_address(y, z);
... when != x
</spml>
All drivers, except drivers/net/ethernet/aeroflex/greth.c, were
compile-time tested.
Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-04-13 01:47:17 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!is_zero_ether_addr(port->mac))
|
2021-10-02 05:32:22 +08:00
|
|
|
eth_hw_addr_set(slave_dev, port->mac);
|
2019-03-29 13:34:58 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
eth_hw_addr_inherit(slave_dev, master);
|
2015-08-18 16:30:41 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_dev->priv_flags |= IFF_NO_QUEUE;
|
net: dsa: install secondary unicast and multicast addresses as host FDB/MDB
In preparation of disabling flooding towards the CPU in standalone ports
mode, identify the addresses requested by upper interfaces and use the
new API for DSA FDB isolation to request the hardware driver to offload
these as FDB or MDB objects. The objects belong to the user port's
database, and are installed pointing towards the CPU port.
Because dev_uc_add()/dev_mc_add() is VLAN-unaware, we offload to the
port standalone database addresses with VID 0 (also VLAN-unaware).
So this excludes switches with global VLAN filtering from supporting
unicast filtering, because there, it is possible for a port of a switch
to join a VLAN-aware bridge, and this changes the VLAN awareness of
standalone ports, requiring VLAN-aware standalone host FDB entries.
For the same reason, hellcreek, which requires VLAN awareness in
standalone mode, is also exempted from unicast filtering.
We create "standalone" variants of dsa_port_host_fdb_add() and
dsa_port_host_mdb_add() (and the _del coresponding functions).
We also create a separate work item type for handling deferred
standalone host FDB/MDB entries compared to the switchdev one.
This is done for the purpose of clarity - the procedure for offloading a
bridge FDB entry is different than offloading a standalone one, and
the switchdev event work handles only FDBs anyway, not MDBs.
Deferral is needed for standalone entries because ndo_set_rx_mode runs
in atomic context. We could probably optimize things a little by first
queuing up all entries that need to be offloaded, and scheduling the
work item just once, but the data structures that we can pass through
__dev_uc_sync() and __dev_mc_sync() are limiting (there is nothing like
a void *priv), so we'd have to keep the list of queued events somewhere
in struct dsa_switch, and possibly a lock for it. Too complicated for
now.
Adding the address to the master is handled by dev_uc_sync(), adding it
to the hardware is handled by __dev_uc_sync(). So this is the reason why
dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add() does not call dev_uc_add(). Not that
it had the rtnl_mutex anyway - ndo_set_rx_mode has it, but is atomic.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-03 03:14:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_switch_supports_uc_filtering(ds))
|
|
|
|
|
slave_dev->priv_flags |= IFF_UNICAST_FLT;
|
2014-08-28 08:04:46 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_dev->netdev_ops = &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
|
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports
It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept
frames of various sizes:
- Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it
is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network.
- Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under
congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra
headers to packets which can't be fragmented.
For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called
through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency
across all supported switches).
The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU
of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to
sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch
port.
The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger
overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet
header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to
do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't
except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger
overhead on the CPU port.
However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as
a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device.
This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU
port when nothing should change.
So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are
apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes.
Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was
now removed, for 2 reasons:
- dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to
do the same thing in DSA
- __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method
That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely
call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just
propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to
be informed).
Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a
vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as
co-developers down below.
Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com>
Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->port_max_mtu)
|
|
|
|
|
slave_dev->max_mtu = ds->ops->port_max_mtu(ds, port->index);
|
2015-09-24 09:19:58 +08:00
|
|
|
SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE(slave_dev, &dsa_type);
|
2009-01-07 08:45:26 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-08-06 04:20:19 +08:00
|
|
|
SET_NETDEV_DEV(slave_dev, port->ds->dev);
|
|
|
|
|
slave_dev->dev.of_node = port->dn;
|
2014-09-16 01:00:19 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_dev->vlan_features = master->vlan_features;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
|
2020-11-08 04:49:46 +08:00
|
|
|
slave_dev->tstats = netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats(struct pcpu_sw_netstats);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!slave_dev->tstats) {
|
2017-08-04 12:33:27 +08:00
|
|
|
free_netdev(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2020-04-21 21:41:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ret = gro_cells_init(&p->gcells, slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_free;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-06 04:20:19 +08:00
|
|
|
p->dp = port;
|
2017-01-31 04:41:40 +08:00
|
|
|
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&p->mall_tc_list);
|
2017-10-16 23:12:18 +08:00
|
|
|
port->slave = slave_dev;
|
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute
Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs:
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as
commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"),
and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA
link-layer types").
It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it
writable:
$ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one
tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to
perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa
and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable.
In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by
implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch
in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well,
or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol,
if necessary, must be handled by the driver.
Some things remain as before:
- The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load
the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should
report the tagging protocol in current use now.
- The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging
protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying
resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the
.teardown() method.
For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated,
since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag
protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is
attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent
state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol
transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement
.change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the
empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now.
Testing:
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14
[ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517
$ insmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
$ insmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed
[ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0
[ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1
[ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2
[ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3
[ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0
[ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode
[ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1
[ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL)
[ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode
[ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx
[ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode
[ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms
^C
- 10.0.0.1 ping statistics -
2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot
$ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
#!/bin/bash
ip link set swp0 down
ip link set swp1 down
ip link set swp2 down
ip link set swp3 down
ip link set swp5 down
ip link set eno2 down
echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ip link set eno2 up
ip link set swp0 up
ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp3 up
ip link set swp5 up
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
$ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh
$ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging
ocelot-8021q
$ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable
$ ping 10.0.0.1
PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms
64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms
$ rmmod mscc_felix.ko
[ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down
[ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down
$ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-29 09:00:06 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_slave_setup_tagger(slave_dev);
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-09-21 07:31:57 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_slave_phy_setup(slave_dev);
|
2016-01-07 03:11:20 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
net: dsa: change PHY error message again
slave_dev->name is only populated at this stage if it was specified
through a label in the device tree. However that is not mandatory.
When it isn't, the error message looks like this:
[ 5.037057] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.044672] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.052275] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
[ 5.059877] fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eth2: error -19 setting up slave PHY for eth%d
which is especially confusing since the error gets printed on behalf of
the DSA master (fsl_enetc in this case).
Printing an error message that contains a valid reference to the DSA
port's name is difficult at this point in the initialization stage, so
at least we should print some info that is more reliable, even if less
user-friendly. That may be the driver name and the hardware port index.
After this change, the error is printed as:
[ 6.051587] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 0
[ 6.061192] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 1
[ 6.070765] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 2
[ 6.080324] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: error -19 setting up PHY for tree 0, switch 0, port 3
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2020-09-08 07:06:56 +08:00
|
|
|
netdev_err(slave_dev,
|
|
|
|
|
"error %d setting up PHY for tree %d, switch %d, port %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
ret, ds->dst->index, ds->index, port->index);
|
2020-04-21 21:41:08 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_gcells;
|
2017-09-26 06:55:53 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-01-06 07:11:12 +08:00
|
|
|
rtnl_lock();
|
2022-01-06 07:11:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-01-06 07:11:12 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = dsa_slave_change_mtu(slave_dev, ETH_DATA_LEN);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret && ret != -EOPNOTSUPP)
|
|
|
|
|
dev_warn(ds->dev, "nonfatal error %d setting MTU to %d on port %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
ret, ETH_DATA_LEN, port->index);
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings
Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static
key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another
DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning:
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted
--------------------------------------------
dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
but task is already holding lock:
ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
3 locks held by dhcpcd/323:
#0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30
#1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48
#2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
stack backtrace:
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x158
__lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398
lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440
_raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90
dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48
__dev_open+0x10c/0x180
__dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8
dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70
devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878
inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310
sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580
ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0
__arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38
el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180
do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98
el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between
upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA
switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master.
We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between
a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port)
is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many
uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we
use the same function as VLAN uses.
There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this
interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before
netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and
linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of
register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice().
Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for
addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network
stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely
that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings
since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular
stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions.
Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = register_netdevice(slave_dev);
|
2017-09-26 06:55:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(master, "error %d registering interface %s\n",
|
|
|
|
|
ret, slave_dev->name);
|
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings
Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static
key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another
DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning:
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted
--------------------------------------------
dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
but task is already holding lock:
ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
3 locks held by dhcpcd/323:
#0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30
#1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48
#2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
stack backtrace:
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x158
__lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398
lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440
_raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90
dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48
__dev_open+0x10c/0x180
__dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8
dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70
devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878
inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310
sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580
ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0
__arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38
el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180
do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98
el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between
upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA
switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master.
We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between
a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port)
is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many
uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we
use the same function as VLAN uses.
There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this
interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before
netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and
linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of
register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice().
Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for
addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network
stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely
that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings
since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular
stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions.
Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
|
|
|
rtnl_unlock();
|
2017-09-26 06:55:53 +08:00
|
|
|
goto out_phy;
|
2016-01-07 03:11:20 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl
The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a
VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP),
an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets
on which no tc-skbedit action has matched.
Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the
DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table
D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID
value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when
application priority is not otherwise specified."
The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to
do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are
expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that
it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces'
DCB application priority table.
In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp()
can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device
driver.
However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA
core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers),
while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what
individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a
wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to
pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good
moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets
called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is
dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops ::
port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app
table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid
duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close,
what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but
rather user-added entries.
So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the
dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was
chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and
effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating
the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call
ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from
hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app
table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is
registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that
user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface
being registered.
The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer
changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to
return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is
NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they
have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all
dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific
dsa_switch_ops method.
The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table
entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one
port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a
"replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del"
to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we
call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no
default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored
to 0.
Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-03-12 05:15:18 +08:00
|
|
|
if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_DCB)) {
|
|
|
|
|
ret = dsa_slave_dcbnl_init(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret) {
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(slave_dev,
|
|
|
|
|
"failed to initialize DCB: %pe\n",
|
|
|
|
|
ERR_PTR(ret));
|
|
|
|
|
rtnl_unlock();
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_unregister;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings
Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static
key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another
DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning:
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted
--------------------------------------------
dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
but task is already holding lock:
ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
3 locks held by dhcpcd/323:
#0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30
#1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48
#2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
stack backtrace:
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x158
__lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398
lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440
_raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90
dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48
__dev_open+0x10c/0x180
__dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8
dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70
devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878
inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310
sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580
ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0
__arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38
el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180
do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98
el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between
upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA
switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master.
We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between
a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port)
is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many
uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we
use the same function as VLAN uses.
There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this
interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before
netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and
linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of
register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice().
Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for
addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network
stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely
that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings
since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular
stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions.
Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ret = netdev_upper_dev_link(master, slave_dev, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rtnl_unlock();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ret)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_unregister;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2015-02-25 05:15:32 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2017-09-26 06:55:53 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings
Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static
key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another
DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning:
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted
--------------------------------------------
dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
but task is already holding lock:
ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
3 locks held by dhcpcd/323:
#0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30
#1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48
#2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
stack backtrace:
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x158
__lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398
lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440
_raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90
dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48
__dev_open+0x10c/0x180
__dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8
dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70
devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878
inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310
sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580
ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0
__arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38
el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180
do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98
el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between
upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA
switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master.
We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between
a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port)
is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many
uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we
use the same function as VLAN uses.
There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this
interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before
netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and
linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of
register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice().
Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for
addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network
stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely
that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings
since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular
stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions.
Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
|
|
|
out_unregister:
|
|
|
|
|
unregister_netdev(slave_dev);
|
2017-09-26 06:55:53 +08:00
|
|
|
out_phy:
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
rtnl_lock();
|
|
|
|
|
phylink_disconnect_phy(p->dp->pl);
|
|
|
|
|
rtnl_unlock();
|
net: dsa: don't leave dangling pointers in dp->pl when failing
There is a desire to simplify the dsa_port registration path with
devlink, and this involves reworking a bit how user ports which fail to
connect to their PHY (because it's missing) get reinitialized as UNUSED
devlink ports.
The desire is for the change to look something like this; basically
dsa_port_setup() has failed, we just change dp->type and call
dsa_port_setup() again.
-/* Destroy the current devlink port, and create a new one which has the UNUSED
- * flavour.
- */
-static int dsa_port_reinit_as_unused(struct dsa_port *dp)
+static int dsa_port_setup_as_unused(struct dsa_port *dp)
{
- dsa_port_devlink_teardown(dp);
dp->type = DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED;
- return dsa_port_devlink_setup(dp);
+ return dsa_port_setup(dp);
}
For an UNUSED port, dsa_port_setup() mostly only calls dsa_port_devlink_setup()
anyway, so we could get away with calling just that. But if we call the
full blown dsa_port_setup(dp) (which will be needed to properly set
dp->setup = true), the callee will have the tendency to go through this
code block too, and call dsa_port_disable(dp):
switch (dp->type) {
case DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED:
dsa_port_disable(dp);
break;
That is not very good, because dsa_port_disable() has this hidden inside
of it:
if (dp->pl)
phylink_stop(dp->pl);
Fact is, we are not prepared to handle a call to dsa_port_disable() with
a struct dsa_port that came from a previous (and failed) call to
dsa_port_setup(). We do not clean up dp->pl, and this will make the
second call to dsa_port_setup() call phylink_stop() on a dangling dp->pl
pointer.
Solve this by creating an API for phylink destruction which is symmetric
to the phylink creation, and never leave dp->pl set to anything except
NULL or a valid phylink structure.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 15:29:00 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_port_phylink_destroy(p->dp);
|
2020-04-21 21:41:08 +08:00
|
|
|
out_gcells:
|
|
|
|
|
gro_cells_destroy(&p->gcells);
|
2017-09-26 06:55:53 +08:00
|
|
|
out_free:
|
2020-11-08 04:49:46 +08:00
|
|
|
free_percpu(slave_dev->tstats);
|
2017-09-26 06:55:53 +08:00
|
|
|
free_netdev(slave_dev);
|
2017-10-16 23:12:18 +08:00
|
|
|
port->slave = NULL;
|
2017-09-26 06:55:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ret;
|
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support
Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware
switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and
commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to
signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from
or is intended to be sent to.
The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in
access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch
looks something like this:
+-----------+ +-----------+
| | RGMII | |
| +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN")
| | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1")
| CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2")
| |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3")
| +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4")
| | | |
+-----------+ +-----------+
The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate
network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software
link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface
accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to
the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters
via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces.
This initial patch supports the MII management interface register
layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and
supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format.
(There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA
packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use
is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value
of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in
the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or
if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and
everything will continue to work.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com>
Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>
Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 21:44:02 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2015-12-07 20:57:35 +08:00
|
|
|
void dsa_slave_destroy(struct net_device *slave_dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings
Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static
key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another
DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning:
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted
--------------------------------------------
dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
but task is already holding lock:
ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
3 locks held by dhcpcd/323:
#0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30
#1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48
#2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
stack backtrace:
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x158
__lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398
lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440
_raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90
dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48
__dev_open+0x10c/0x180
__dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8
dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70
devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878
inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310
sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580
ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0
__arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38
el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180
do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98
el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between
upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA
switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master.
We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between
a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port)
is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many
uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we
use the same function as VLAN uses.
There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this
interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before
netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and
linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of
register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice().
Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for
addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network
stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely
that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings
since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular
stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions.
Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(slave_dev);
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
|
2015-12-07 20:57:35 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
rtnl_lock();
|
net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings
Since commit 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static
key"), cascaded DSA setups (DSA switch port as DSA master for another
DSA switch port) are emitting this lockdep warning:
============================================
WARNING: possible recursive locking detected
5.8.0-rc1-00133-g923e4b5032dd-dirty #208 Not tainted
--------------------------------------------
dhcpcd/323 is trying to acquire lock:
ffff000066dd4268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
but task is already holding lock:
ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
other info that might help us debug this:
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0
----
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
lock(&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1);
*** DEADLOCK ***
May be due to missing lock nesting notation
3 locks held by dhcpcd/323:
#0: ffffdbd1381dda18 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.}-{3:3}, at: rtnl_lock+0x24/0x30
#1: ffff00006614b268 (_xmit_ETHER){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_set_rx_mode+0x28/0x48
#2: ffff00006608c268 (&dsa_master_addr_list_lock_key/1){+...}-{2:2}, at: dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
stack backtrace:
Call trace:
dump_backtrace+0x0/0x1e0
show_stack+0x20/0x30
dump_stack+0xec/0x158
__lock_acquire+0xca0/0x2398
lock_acquire+0xe8/0x440
_raw_spin_lock_nested+0x64/0x90
dev_mc_sync+0x44/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_mc_sync+0x84/0x90
dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x34/0x50
__dev_set_rx_mode+0x60/0xa0
dev_set_rx_mode+0x30/0x48
__dev_open+0x10c/0x180
__dev_change_flags+0x170/0x1c8
dev_change_flags+0x2c/0x70
devinet_ioctl+0x774/0x878
inet_ioctl+0x348/0x3b0
sock_do_ioctl+0x50/0x310
sock_ioctl+0x1f8/0x580
ksys_ioctl+0xb0/0xf0
__arm64_sys_ioctl+0x28/0x38
el0_svc_common.constprop.0+0x7c/0x180
do_el0_svc+0x2c/0x98
el0_sync_handler+0x9c/0x1b8
el0_sync+0x158/0x180
Since DSA never made use of the netdev API for describing links between
upper devices and lower devices, the dev->lower_level value of a DSA
switch interface would be 1, which would warn when it is a DSA master.
We can use netdev_upper_dev_link() to describe the relationship between
a DSA slave and a DSA master. To be precise, a DSA "slave" (switch port)
is an "upper" to a DSA "master" (host port). The relationship is "many
uppers to one lower", like in the case of VLAN. So, for that reason, we
use the same function as VLAN uses.
There might be a chance that somebody will try to take hold of this
interface and use it immediately after register_netdev() and before
netdev_upper_dev_link(). To avoid that, we do the registration and
linkage while holding the RTNL, and we use the RTNL-locked cousin of
register_netdev(), which is register_netdevice().
Since this warning was not there when lockdep was using dynamic keys for
addr_list_lock, we are blaming the lockdep patch itself. The network
stack _has_ been using static lockdep keys before, and it _is_ likely
that stacked DSA setups have been triggering these lockdep warnings
since forever, however I can't test very old kernels on this particular
stacked DSA setup, to ensure I'm not in fact introducing regressions.
Fixes: 845e0ebb4408 ("net: change addr_list_lock back to static key")
Suggested-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-09-08 07:48:42 +08:00
|
|
|
netdev_upper_dev_unlink(master, slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
unregister_netdevice(slave_dev);
|
2018-05-11 04:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
phylink_disconnect_phy(dp->pl);
|
|
|
|
|
rtnl_unlock();
|
2016-11-29 02:25:09 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: don't leave dangling pointers in dp->pl when failing
There is a desire to simplify the dsa_port registration path with
devlink, and this involves reworking a bit how user ports which fail to
connect to their PHY (because it's missing) get reinitialized as UNUSED
devlink ports.
The desire is for the change to look something like this; basically
dsa_port_setup() has failed, we just change dp->type and call
dsa_port_setup() again.
-/* Destroy the current devlink port, and create a new one which has the UNUSED
- * flavour.
- */
-static int dsa_port_reinit_as_unused(struct dsa_port *dp)
+static int dsa_port_setup_as_unused(struct dsa_port *dp)
{
- dsa_port_devlink_teardown(dp);
dp->type = DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED;
- return dsa_port_devlink_setup(dp);
+ return dsa_port_setup(dp);
}
For an UNUSED port, dsa_port_setup() mostly only calls dsa_port_devlink_setup()
anyway, so we could get away with calling just that. But if we call the
full blown dsa_port_setup(dp) (which will be needed to properly set
dp->setup = true), the callee will have the tendency to go through this
code block too, and call dsa_port_disable(dp):
switch (dp->type) {
case DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED:
dsa_port_disable(dp);
break;
That is not very good, because dsa_port_disable() has this hidden inside
of it:
if (dp->pl)
phylink_stop(dp->pl);
Fact is, we are not prepared to handle a call to dsa_port_disable() with
a struct dsa_port that came from a previous (and failed) call to
dsa_port_setup(). We do not clean up dp->pl, and this will make the
second call to dsa_port_setup() call phylink_stop() on a dangling dp->pl
pointer.
Solve this by creating an API for phylink destruction which is symmetric
to the phylink creation, and never leave dp->pl set to anything except
NULL or a valid phylink structure.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-09-29 15:29:00 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_port_phylink_destroy(dp);
|
2020-04-21 21:41:08 +08:00
|
|
|
gro_cells_destroy(&p->gcells);
|
2020-11-08 04:49:46 +08:00
|
|
|
free_percpu(slave_dev->tstats);
|
2015-12-07 20:57:35 +08:00
|
|
|
free_netdev(slave_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:06:59 +08:00
|
|
|
int dsa_slave_change_master(struct net_device *dev, struct net_device *master,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *old_master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *upper;
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head *iter;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (master == old_master)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_change_master) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Driver does not support changing DSA master");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netdev_uses_dsa(master)) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Interface not eligible as DSA master");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_upper_dev_rcu(master, upper, iter) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_slave_dev_check(upper))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
if (netif_is_bridge_master(upper))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Cannot join master with unknown uppers");
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Since we allow live-changing the DSA master, plus we auto-open the
|
|
|
|
|
* DSA master when the user port opens => we need to ensure that the
|
|
|
|
|
* new DSA master is open too.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
|
|
|
|
|
err = dev_open(master, extack);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_upper_dev_unlink(old_master, dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = netdev_upper_dev_link(master, dev, extack);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_revert_old_master_unlink;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_change_master(dp, master, extack);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto out_revert_master_link;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update the MTU of the new CPU port through cross-chip notifiers */
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_change_mtu(dev, dev->mtu);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err && err != -EOPNOTSUPP) {
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_warn(dev,
|
|
|
|
|
"nonfatal error updating MTU with new master: %pe\n",
|
|
|
|
|
ERR_PTR(err));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the port doesn't have its own MAC address and relies on the DSA
|
|
|
|
|
* master's one, inherit it again from the new DSA master.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_zero_ether_addr(dp->mac))
|
|
|
|
|
eth_hw_addr_inherit(dev, master);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
out_revert_master_link:
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_upper_dev_unlink(master, dev);
|
|
|
|
|
out_revert_old_master_unlink:
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_upper_dev_link(old_master, dev, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-01-08 13:06:05 +08:00
|
|
|
bool dsa_slave_dev_check(const struct net_device *dev)
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
return dev->netdev_ops == &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-01-07 09:24:01 +08:00
|
|
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_slave_dev_check);
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-02-04 02:20:17 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_changeupper(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2017-10-16 23:12:15 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2021-03-23 07:51:48 +08:00
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack;
|
2017-02-04 02:20:17 +08:00
|
|
|
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-23 07:51:48 +08:00
|
|
|
extack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-04 02:20:17 +08:00
|
|
|
if (netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev)) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->linking) {
|
2021-03-23 07:51:48 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_bridge_join(dp, info->upper_dev, extack);
|
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath
Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU
(maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the
length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for
reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in
the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway).
So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring.
In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the
associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say
that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that
there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that
is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU.
When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver
MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it
adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the
slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in
order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the
interface they are received and send on.
The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted,
is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain
should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by
the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is
possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so
there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single
interface sees that packet.
The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with
the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with
MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the
br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU
configured on the bridge net device is ignored.
In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we
need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger
than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit
the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA
since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within
a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU.
And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do.
>From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the
user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to
change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep
changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU
that the bridge is normalized to is either:
- The most recently changed one:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400
This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0.
- The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge:
ip link set dev swp0 master br0
ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400
ip link set dev swp1 master br0
The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well.
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2020-03-28 03:55:43 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!err)
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_bridge_mtu_normalization(dp);
|
net: dsa: properly fall back to software bridging
If the driver does not implement .port_bridge_{join,leave}, then we must
fall back to standalone operation on that port, and trigger the error
path of dsa_port_bridge_join. This sets dp->bridge_dev = NULL.
In turn, having a non-NULL dp->bridge_dev when there is no offloading
support makes the following things go wrong:
- dsa_default_offload_fwd_mark make the wrong decision in setting
skb->offload_fwd_mark. It should set skb->offload_fwd_mark = 0 for
ports that don't offload the bridge, which should instruct the bridge
to forward in software. But this does not happen, dp->bridge_dev is
incorrectly set to point to the bridge, so the bridge is told that
packets have been forwarded in hardware, which they haven't.
- switchdev objects (MDBs, VLANs) should not be offloaded by ports that
don't offload the bridge. Standalone ports should behave as packet-in,
packet-out and the bridge should not be able to manipulate the pvid of
the port, or tag stripping on egress, or ingress filtering. This
should already work fine because dsa_slave_port_obj_add has:
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
err = dsa_slave_vlan_add(dev, obj, extack);
but since dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port works based on dp->bridge_dev,
this is again sabotaging us.
All the above work in case the port has an unoffloaded LAG interface, so
this is well exercised code, we should apply it for plain unoffloaded
bridge ports too.
Reported-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-24 05:22:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err == -EOPNOTSUPP) {
|
2022-08-20 01:39:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (extack && !extack->_msg)
|
2022-06-24 22:39:46 +08:00
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Offloading not supported");
|
net: dsa: properly fall back to software bridging
If the driver does not implement .port_bridge_{join,leave}, then we must
fall back to standalone operation on that port, and trigger the error
path of dsa_port_bridge_join. This sets dp->bridge_dev = NULL.
In turn, having a non-NULL dp->bridge_dev when there is no offloading
support makes the following things go wrong:
- dsa_default_offload_fwd_mark make the wrong decision in setting
skb->offload_fwd_mark. It should set skb->offload_fwd_mark = 0 for
ports that don't offload the bridge, which should instruct the bridge
to forward in software. But this does not happen, dp->bridge_dev is
incorrectly set to point to the bridge, so the bridge is told that
packets have been forwarded in hardware, which they haven't.
- switchdev objects (MDBs, VLANs) should not be offloaded by ports that
don't offload the bridge. Standalone ports should behave as packet-in,
packet-out and the bridge should not be able to manipulate the pvid of
the port, or tag stripping on egress, or ingress filtering. This
should already work fine because dsa_slave_port_obj_add has:
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
if (!dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, obj->orig_dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
err = dsa_slave_vlan_add(dev, obj, extack);
but since dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port works based on dp->bridge_dev,
this is again sabotaging us.
All the above work in case the port has an unoffloaded LAG interface, so
this is well exercised code, we should apply it for plain unoffloaded
bridge ports too.
Reported-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-08-24 05:22:56 +08:00
|
|
|
err = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-02-04 02:20:17 +08:00
|
|
|
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2017-05-20 05:00:38 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_port_bridge_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
|
2017-02-04 02:20:17 +08:00
|
|
|
err = NOTIFY_OK;
|
2016-03-14 04:21:34 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (netif_is_lag_master(info->upper_dev)) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->linking) {
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_lag_join(dp, info->upper_dev,
|
2021-03-23 07:51:48 +08:00
|
|
|
info->upper_info, extack);
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err == -EOPNOTSUPP) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(info->info.extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Offloading not supported");
|
|
|
|
|
err = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_port_lag_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
err = NOTIFY_OK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-02-10 09:02:12 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (is_hsr_master(info->upper_dev)) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->linking) {
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_hsr_join(dp, info->upper_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err == -EOPNOTSUPP) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(info->info.extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Offloading not supported");
|
|
|
|
|
err = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_port_hsr_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
err = NOTIFY_OK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_prechangeupper(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
if (netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev) && !info->linking)
|
net: bridge: move the switchdev object replay helpers to "push" mode
Starting with commit 4f2673b3a2b6 ("net: bridge: add helper to replay
port and host-joined mdb entries"), DSA has introduced some bridge
helpers that replay switchdev events (FDB/MDB/VLAN additions and
deletions) that can be lost by the switchdev drivers in a variety of
circumstances:
- an IP multicast group was host-joined on the bridge itself before any
switchdev port joined the bridge, leading to the host MDB entries
missing in the hardware database.
- during the bridge creation process, the MAC address of the bridge was
added to the FDB as an entry pointing towards the bridge device
itself, but with no switchdev ports being part of the bridge yet, this
local FDB entry would remain unknown to the switchdev hardware
database.
- a VLAN/FDB/MDB was added to a bridge port that is a LAG interface,
before any switchdev port joined that LAG, leading to the hardware
database missing those entries.
- a switchdev port left a LAG that is a bridge port, while the LAG
remained part of the bridge, and all FDB/MDB/VLAN entries remained
installed in the hardware database of the switchdev port.
Also, since commit 0d2cfbd41c4a ("net: bridge: ignore switchdev events
for LAG ports which didn't request replay"), DSA introduced a method,
based on a const void *ctx, to ensure that two switchdev ports under the
same LAG that is a bridge port do not see the same MDB/VLAN entry being
replayed twice by the bridge, once for every bridge port that joins the
LAG.
With so many ordering corner cases being possible, it seems unreasonable
to expect a switchdev driver writer to get it right from the first try.
Therefore, now that DSA has experimented with the bridge replay helpers
for a little bit, we can move the code to the bridge driver where it is
more readily available to all switchdev drivers.
To convert the switchdev object replay helpers from "pull mode" (where
the driver asks for them) to a "push mode" (where the bridge offers them
automatically), the biggest problem is that the bridge needs to be aware
when a switchdev port joins and leaves, even when the switchdev is only
indirectly a bridge port (for example when the bridge port is a LAG
upper of the switchdev).
Luckily, we already have a hook for that, in the form of the newly
introduced switchdev_bridge_port_offload() and
switchdev_bridge_port_unoffload() calls. These offer a natural place for
hooking the object addition and deletion replays.
Extend the above 2 functions with:
- pointers to the switchdev atomic notifier (for FDB replays) and the
blocking notifier (for MDB and VLAN replays).
- the "const void *ctx" argument required for drivers to be able to
disambiguate between which port is targeted, when multiple ports are
lowers of the same LAG that is a bridge port. Most of the drivers pass
NULL to this argument, except the ones that support LAG offload and have
the proper context check already in place in the switchdev blocking
notifier handler.
Also unexport the replay helpers, since nobody except the bridge calls
them directly now.
Note that:
(a) we abuse the terminology slightly, because FDB entries are not
"switchdev objects", but we count them as objects nonetheless.
With no direct way to prove it, I think they are not modeled as
switchdev objects because those can only be installed by the bridge
to the hardware (as opposed to FDB entries which can be propagated
in the other direction too). This is merely an abuse of terms, FDB
entries are replayed too, despite not being objects.
(b) the bridge does not attempt to sync port attributes to newly joined
ports, just the countable stuff (the objects). The reason for this
is simple: no universal and symmetric way to sync and unsync them is
known. For example, VLAN filtering: what to do on unsync, disable or
leave it enabled? Similarly, STP state, ageing timer, etc etc. What
a switchdev port does when it becomes standalone again is not really
up to the bridge's competence, and the driver should deal with it.
On the other hand, replaying deletions of switchdev objects can be
seen a matter of cleanup and therefore be treated by the bridge,
hence this patch.
We make the replay helpers opt-in for drivers, because they might not
bring immediate benefits for them:
- nbp_vlan_init() is called _after_ netdev_master_upper_dev_link(),
so br_vlan_replay() should not do anything for the new drivers on
which we call it. The existing drivers where there was even a slight
possibility for there to exist a VLAN on a bridge port before they
join it are already guarded against this: mlxsw and prestera deny
joining LAG interfaces that are members of a bridge.
- br_fdb_replay() should now notify of local FDB entries, but I patched
all drivers except DSA to ignore these new entries in commit
2c4eca3ef716 ("net: bridge: switchdev: include local flag in FDB
notifications"). Driver authors can lift this restriction as they
wish, and when they do, they can also opt into the FDB replay
functionality.
- br_mdb_replay() should fix a real issue which is described in commit
4f2673b3a2b6 ("net: bridge: add helper to replay port and host-joined
mdb entries"). However most drivers do not offload the
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB to see this issue: only cpsw and am65_cpsw
offload this switchdev object, and I don't completely understand the
way in which they offload this switchdev object anyway. So I'll leave
it up to these drivers' respective maintainers to opt into
br_mdb_replay().
So most of the drivers pass NULL notifier blocks for the replay helpers,
except:
- dpaa2-switch which was already acked/regression-tested with the
helpers enabled (and there isn't much of a downside in having them)
- ocelot which already had replay logic in "pull" mode
- DSA which already had replay logic in "pull" mode
An important observation is that the drivers which don't currently
request bridge event replays don't even have the
switchdev_bridge_port_{offload,unoffload} calls placed in proper places
right now. This was done to avoid unnecessary rework for drivers which
might never even add support for this. For driver writers who wish to
add replay support, this can be used as a tentative placement guide:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210720134655.892334-11-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/
Cc: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Cc: Taras Chornyi <tchornyi@marvell.com>
Cc: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Cc: Lars Povlsen <lars.povlsen@microchip.com>
Cc: Steen Hegelund <Steen.Hegelund@microchip.com>
Cc: UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # dpaa2-switch
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-07-22 00:24:03 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_port_pre_bridge_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (netif_is_lag_master(info->upper_dev) && !info->linking)
|
net: bridge: move the switchdev object replay helpers to "push" mode
Starting with commit 4f2673b3a2b6 ("net: bridge: add helper to replay
port and host-joined mdb entries"), DSA has introduced some bridge
helpers that replay switchdev events (FDB/MDB/VLAN additions and
deletions) that can be lost by the switchdev drivers in a variety of
circumstances:
- an IP multicast group was host-joined on the bridge itself before any
switchdev port joined the bridge, leading to the host MDB entries
missing in the hardware database.
- during the bridge creation process, the MAC address of the bridge was
added to the FDB as an entry pointing towards the bridge device
itself, but with no switchdev ports being part of the bridge yet, this
local FDB entry would remain unknown to the switchdev hardware
database.
- a VLAN/FDB/MDB was added to a bridge port that is a LAG interface,
before any switchdev port joined that LAG, leading to the hardware
database missing those entries.
- a switchdev port left a LAG that is a bridge port, while the LAG
remained part of the bridge, and all FDB/MDB/VLAN entries remained
installed in the hardware database of the switchdev port.
Also, since commit 0d2cfbd41c4a ("net: bridge: ignore switchdev events
for LAG ports which didn't request replay"), DSA introduced a method,
based on a const void *ctx, to ensure that two switchdev ports under the
same LAG that is a bridge port do not see the same MDB/VLAN entry being
replayed twice by the bridge, once for every bridge port that joins the
LAG.
With so many ordering corner cases being possible, it seems unreasonable
to expect a switchdev driver writer to get it right from the first try.
Therefore, now that DSA has experimented with the bridge replay helpers
for a little bit, we can move the code to the bridge driver where it is
more readily available to all switchdev drivers.
To convert the switchdev object replay helpers from "pull mode" (where
the driver asks for them) to a "push mode" (where the bridge offers them
automatically), the biggest problem is that the bridge needs to be aware
when a switchdev port joins and leaves, even when the switchdev is only
indirectly a bridge port (for example when the bridge port is a LAG
upper of the switchdev).
Luckily, we already have a hook for that, in the form of the newly
introduced switchdev_bridge_port_offload() and
switchdev_bridge_port_unoffload() calls. These offer a natural place for
hooking the object addition and deletion replays.
Extend the above 2 functions with:
- pointers to the switchdev atomic notifier (for FDB replays) and the
blocking notifier (for MDB and VLAN replays).
- the "const void *ctx" argument required for drivers to be able to
disambiguate between which port is targeted, when multiple ports are
lowers of the same LAG that is a bridge port. Most of the drivers pass
NULL to this argument, except the ones that support LAG offload and have
the proper context check already in place in the switchdev blocking
notifier handler.
Also unexport the replay helpers, since nobody except the bridge calls
them directly now.
Note that:
(a) we abuse the terminology slightly, because FDB entries are not
"switchdev objects", but we count them as objects nonetheless.
With no direct way to prove it, I think they are not modeled as
switchdev objects because those can only be installed by the bridge
to the hardware (as opposed to FDB entries which can be propagated
in the other direction too). This is merely an abuse of terms, FDB
entries are replayed too, despite not being objects.
(b) the bridge does not attempt to sync port attributes to newly joined
ports, just the countable stuff (the objects). The reason for this
is simple: no universal and symmetric way to sync and unsync them is
known. For example, VLAN filtering: what to do on unsync, disable or
leave it enabled? Similarly, STP state, ageing timer, etc etc. What
a switchdev port does when it becomes standalone again is not really
up to the bridge's competence, and the driver should deal with it.
On the other hand, replaying deletions of switchdev objects can be
seen a matter of cleanup and therefore be treated by the bridge,
hence this patch.
We make the replay helpers opt-in for drivers, because they might not
bring immediate benefits for them:
- nbp_vlan_init() is called _after_ netdev_master_upper_dev_link(),
so br_vlan_replay() should not do anything for the new drivers on
which we call it. The existing drivers where there was even a slight
possibility for there to exist a VLAN on a bridge port before they
join it are already guarded against this: mlxsw and prestera deny
joining LAG interfaces that are members of a bridge.
- br_fdb_replay() should now notify of local FDB entries, but I patched
all drivers except DSA to ignore these new entries in commit
2c4eca3ef716 ("net: bridge: switchdev: include local flag in FDB
notifications"). Driver authors can lift this restriction as they
wish, and when they do, they can also opt into the FDB replay
functionality.
- br_mdb_replay() should fix a real issue which is described in commit
4f2673b3a2b6 ("net: bridge: add helper to replay port and host-joined
mdb entries"). However most drivers do not offload the
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB to see this issue: only cpsw and am65_cpsw
offload this switchdev object, and I don't completely understand the
way in which they offload this switchdev object anyway. So I'll leave
it up to these drivers' respective maintainers to opt into
br_mdb_replay().
So most of the drivers pass NULL notifier blocks for the replay helpers,
except:
- dpaa2-switch which was already acked/regression-tested with the
helpers enabled (and there isn't much of a downside in having them)
- ocelot which already had replay logic in "pull" mode
- DSA which already had replay logic in "pull" mode
An important observation is that the drivers which don't currently
request bridge event replays don't even have the
switchdev_bridge_port_{offload,unoffload} calls placed in proper places
right now. This was done to avoid unnecessary rework for drivers which
might never even add support for this. For driver writers who wish to
add replay support, this can be used as a tentative placement guide:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210720134655.892334-11-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/
Cc: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Cc: Taras Chornyi <tchornyi@marvell.com>
Cc: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Cc: Lars Povlsen <lars.povlsen@microchip.com>
Cc: Steen Hegelund <Steen.Hegelund@microchip.com>
Cc: UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # dpaa2-switch
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-07-22 00:24:03 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_port_pre_lag_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
/* dsa_port_pre_hsr_leave is not yet necessary since hsr cannot be
|
|
|
|
|
* meaningfully enslaved to a bridge yet
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: bridge: move the switchdev object replay helpers to "push" mode
Starting with commit 4f2673b3a2b6 ("net: bridge: add helper to replay
port and host-joined mdb entries"), DSA has introduced some bridge
helpers that replay switchdev events (FDB/MDB/VLAN additions and
deletions) that can be lost by the switchdev drivers in a variety of
circumstances:
- an IP multicast group was host-joined on the bridge itself before any
switchdev port joined the bridge, leading to the host MDB entries
missing in the hardware database.
- during the bridge creation process, the MAC address of the bridge was
added to the FDB as an entry pointing towards the bridge device
itself, but with no switchdev ports being part of the bridge yet, this
local FDB entry would remain unknown to the switchdev hardware
database.
- a VLAN/FDB/MDB was added to a bridge port that is a LAG interface,
before any switchdev port joined that LAG, leading to the hardware
database missing those entries.
- a switchdev port left a LAG that is a bridge port, while the LAG
remained part of the bridge, and all FDB/MDB/VLAN entries remained
installed in the hardware database of the switchdev port.
Also, since commit 0d2cfbd41c4a ("net: bridge: ignore switchdev events
for LAG ports which didn't request replay"), DSA introduced a method,
based on a const void *ctx, to ensure that two switchdev ports under the
same LAG that is a bridge port do not see the same MDB/VLAN entry being
replayed twice by the bridge, once for every bridge port that joins the
LAG.
With so many ordering corner cases being possible, it seems unreasonable
to expect a switchdev driver writer to get it right from the first try.
Therefore, now that DSA has experimented with the bridge replay helpers
for a little bit, we can move the code to the bridge driver where it is
more readily available to all switchdev drivers.
To convert the switchdev object replay helpers from "pull mode" (where
the driver asks for them) to a "push mode" (where the bridge offers them
automatically), the biggest problem is that the bridge needs to be aware
when a switchdev port joins and leaves, even when the switchdev is only
indirectly a bridge port (for example when the bridge port is a LAG
upper of the switchdev).
Luckily, we already have a hook for that, in the form of the newly
introduced switchdev_bridge_port_offload() and
switchdev_bridge_port_unoffload() calls. These offer a natural place for
hooking the object addition and deletion replays.
Extend the above 2 functions with:
- pointers to the switchdev atomic notifier (for FDB replays) and the
blocking notifier (for MDB and VLAN replays).
- the "const void *ctx" argument required for drivers to be able to
disambiguate between which port is targeted, when multiple ports are
lowers of the same LAG that is a bridge port. Most of the drivers pass
NULL to this argument, except the ones that support LAG offload and have
the proper context check already in place in the switchdev blocking
notifier handler.
Also unexport the replay helpers, since nobody except the bridge calls
them directly now.
Note that:
(a) we abuse the terminology slightly, because FDB entries are not
"switchdev objects", but we count them as objects nonetheless.
With no direct way to prove it, I think they are not modeled as
switchdev objects because those can only be installed by the bridge
to the hardware (as opposed to FDB entries which can be propagated
in the other direction too). This is merely an abuse of terms, FDB
entries are replayed too, despite not being objects.
(b) the bridge does not attempt to sync port attributes to newly joined
ports, just the countable stuff (the objects). The reason for this
is simple: no universal and symmetric way to sync and unsync them is
known. For example, VLAN filtering: what to do on unsync, disable or
leave it enabled? Similarly, STP state, ageing timer, etc etc. What
a switchdev port does when it becomes standalone again is not really
up to the bridge's competence, and the driver should deal with it.
On the other hand, replaying deletions of switchdev objects can be
seen a matter of cleanup and therefore be treated by the bridge,
hence this patch.
We make the replay helpers opt-in for drivers, because they might not
bring immediate benefits for them:
- nbp_vlan_init() is called _after_ netdev_master_upper_dev_link(),
so br_vlan_replay() should not do anything for the new drivers on
which we call it. The existing drivers where there was even a slight
possibility for there to exist a VLAN on a bridge port before they
join it are already guarded against this: mlxsw and prestera deny
joining LAG interfaces that are members of a bridge.
- br_fdb_replay() should now notify of local FDB entries, but I patched
all drivers except DSA to ignore these new entries in commit
2c4eca3ef716 ("net: bridge: switchdev: include local flag in FDB
notifications"). Driver authors can lift this restriction as they
wish, and when they do, they can also opt into the FDB replay
functionality.
- br_mdb_replay() should fix a real issue which is described in commit
4f2673b3a2b6 ("net: bridge: add helper to replay port and host-joined
mdb entries"). However most drivers do not offload the
SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB to see this issue: only cpsw and am65_cpsw
offload this switchdev object, and I don't completely understand the
way in which they offload this switchdev object anyway. So I'll leave
it up to these drivers' respective maintainers to opt into
br_mdb_replay().
So most of the drivers pass NULL notifier blocks for the replay helpers,
except:
- dpaa2-switch which was already acked/regression-tested with the
helpers enabled (and there isn't much of a downside in having them)
- ocelot which already had replay logic in "pull" mode
- DSA which already had replay logic in "pull" mode
An important observation is that the drivers which don't currently
request bridge event replays don't even have the
switchdev_bridge_port_{offload,unoffload} calls placed in proper places
right now. This was done to avoid unnecessary rework for drivers which
might never even add support for this. For driver writers who wish to
add replay support, this can be used as a tentative placement guide:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210720134655.892334-11-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/
Cc: Vadym Kochan <vkochan@marvell.com>
Cc: Taras Chornyi <tchornyi@marvell.com>
Cc: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com>
Cc: Lars Povlsen <lars.povlsen@microchip.com>
Cc: Steen Hegelund <Steen.Hegelund@microchip.com>
Cc: UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com>
Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Cc: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> # dpaa2-switch
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2021-07-22 00:24:03 +08:00
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_lag_changeupper(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lower;
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head *iter;
|
|
|
|
|
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!netif_is_lag_master(dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_lower_dev(dev, lower, iter) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(lower))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(lower);
|
2022-02-23 22:00:49 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dp->lag)
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Software LAG */
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_changeupper(lower, info);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2016-03-14 04:21:34 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-02-04 02:20:17 +08:00
|
|
|
return err;
|
2016-03-14 04:21:34 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Same as dsa_slave_lag_changeupper() except that it calls
|
|
|
|
|
* dsa_slave_prechangeupper()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_lag_prechangeupper(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lower;
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head *iter;
|
|
|
|
|
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!netif_is_lag_master(dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_lower_dev(dev, lower, iter) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(lower))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(lower);
|
2022-02-23 22:00:49 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dp->lag)
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Software LAG */
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_prechangeupper(lower, info);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 08:10:24 +08:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_prevent_bridging_8021q_upper(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
2019-02-21 06:35:38 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *ext_ack;
|
2021-12-07 00:57:52 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *slave, *br;
|
2019-02-21 06:35:38 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ext_ack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!is_vlan_dev(dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
slave = vlan_dev_real_dev(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(slave))
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave);
|
2021-12-07 00:57:52 +08:00
|
|
|
br = dsa_port_bridge_dev_get(dp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!br)
|
2019-02-21 06:35:38 +08:00
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Deny enslaving a VLAN device into a VLAN-aware bridge */
|
2021-12-07 00:57:52 +08:00
|
|
|
if (br_vlan_enabled(br) &&
|
2019-02-21 06:35:38 +08:00
|
|
|
netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev) && info->linking) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(ext_ack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge");
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 08:10:25 +08:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_check_8021q_upper(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
2021-12-07 00:57:52 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *br = dsa_port_bridge_dev_get(dp);
|
2020-09-21 08:10:25 +08:00
|
|
|
struct bridge_vlan_info br_info;
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack;
|
|
|
|
|
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
u16 vid;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 08:10:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!br || !br_vlan_enabled(br))
|
2020-09-21 08:10:25 +08:00
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
|
|
|
|
|
vid = vlan_dev_vlan_id(info->upper_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* br_vlan_get_info() returns -EINVAL or -ENOENT if the
|
|
|
|
|
* device, respectively the VID is not found, returning
|
|
|
|
|
* 0 means success, which is a failure for us here.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
err = br_vlan_get_info(br, vid, &br_info);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"This VLAN is already configured by the bridge");
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(-EBUSY);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:28 +08:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_prechangeupper_sanity_check(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_prevent_bridging_8021q_upper(dev, info);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ds->ops->port_prechangeupper) {
|
|
|
|
|
err = ds->ops->port_prechangeupper(ds, dp->index, info);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(err);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (is_vlan_dev(info->upper_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_slave_check_8021q_upper(dev, info);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:07:04 +08:00
|
|
|
/* To be eligible as a DSA master, a LAG must have all lower interfaces be
|
|
|
|
|
* eligible DSA masters. Additionally, all LAG slaves must be DSA masters of
|
|
|
|
|
* switches in the same switch tree.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_lag_master_validate(struct net_device *lag_dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lower1, *lower2;
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head *iter1, *iter2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_lower_dev(lag_dev, lower1, iter1) {
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_lower_dev(lag_dev, lower2, iter2) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netdev_uses_dsa(lower1) ||
|
|
|
|
|
!netdev_uses_dsa(lower2)) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"All LAG ports must be eligible as DSA masters");
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (lower1 == lower2)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_tree_same(lower1->dsa_ptr,
|
|
|
|
|
lower2->dsa_ptr)) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"LAG contains DSA masters of disjoint switch trees");
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:15 +08:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_master_prechangeupper_sanity_check(struct net_device *master,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2022-09-11 09:07:04 +08:00
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
|
2022-08-20 01:48:15 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netdev_uses_dsa(master))
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!info->linking)
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allow DSA switch uppers */
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_slave_dev_check(info->upper_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allow bridge uppers of DSA masters, subject to further
|
|
|
|
|
* restrictions in dsa_bridge_prechangelower_sanity_check()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:07:04 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Allow LAG uppers, subject to further restrictions in
|
|
|
|
|
* dsa_lag_master_prechangelower_sanity_check()
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (netif_is_lag_master(info->upper_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return dsa_lag_master_validate(info->upper_dev, extack);
|
2022-08-20 01:48:15 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"DSA master cannot join unknown upper interfaces");
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(-EBUSY);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:07:04 +08:00
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_lag_master_prechangelower_sanity_check(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lag_dev = info->upper_dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lower;
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head *iter;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netdev_uses_dsa(lag_dev) || !netif_is_lag_master(lag_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!info->linking)
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netdev_uses_dsa(dev)) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Only DSA masters can join a LAG DSA master");
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_lower_dev(lag_dev, lower, iter) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_tree_same(dev->dsa_ptr, lower->dsa_ptr)) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Interface is DSA master for a different switch tree than this LAG");
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:14 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Don't allow bridging of DSA masters, since the bridge layer rx_handler
|
|
|
|
|
* prevents the DSA fake ethertype handler to be invoked, so we don't get the
|
|
|
|
|
* chance to strip off and parse the DSA switch tag protocol header (the bridge
|
|
|
|
|
* layer just returns RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED, stopping RX processing for these
|
|
|
|
|
* frames).
|
|
|
|
|
* The only case where that would not be an issue is when bridging can already
|
|
|
|
|
* be offloaded, such as when the DSA master is itself a DSA or plain switchdev
|
|
|
|
|
* port, and is bridged only with other ports from the same hardware device.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_bridge_prechangelower_sanity_check(struct net_device *new_lower,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *br = info->upper_dev;
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack;
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lower;
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head *iter;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netif_is_bridge_master(br))
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!info->linking)
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_lower_dev(br, lower, iter) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netdev_uses_dsa(new_lower) && !netdev_uses_dsa(lower))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netdev_port_same_parent_id(lower, new_lower)) {
|
|
|
|
|
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
|
|
|
|
|
"Cannot do software bridging with a DSA master");
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(-EINVAL);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:07:04 +08:00
|
|
|
static void dsa_tree_migrate_ports_from_lag_master(struct dsa_switch_tree *dst,
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lag_dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *new_master = dsa_tree_find_first_master(dst);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_tree_for_each_user_port(dp, dst) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_to_master(dp) != lag_dev)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_change_master(dp->slave, new_master, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(dp->slave,
|
|
|
|
|
"failed to restore master to %s: %pe\n",
|
|
|
|
|
new_master->name, ERR_PTR(err));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_master_lag_join(struct net_device *master,
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lag_dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_lag_upper_info *uinfo,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = master->dsa_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = cpu_dp->dst;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp;
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_master_lag_setup(lag_dev, cpu_dp, uinfo, extack);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_tree_for_each_user_port(dp, dst) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_to_master(dp) != master)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_change_master(dp->slave, lag_dev, extack);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto restore;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
restore:
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_tree_for_each_user_port_continue_reverse(dp, dst) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_to_master(dp) != lag_dev)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_change_master(dp->slave, master, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_err(dp->slave,
|
|
|
|
|
"failed to restore master to %s: %pe\n",
|
|
|
|
|
master->name, ERR_PTR(err));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_master_lag_teardown(lag_dev, master->dsa_ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_master_lag_leave(struct net_device *master,
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lag_dev)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp, *cpu_dp = lag_dev->dsa_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = cpu_dp->dst;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *new_cpu_dp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *lower;
|
|
|
|
|
struct list_head *iter;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_for_each_lower_dev(lag_dev, lower, iter) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (netdev_uses_dsa(lower)) {
|
|
|
|
|
new_cpu_dp = lower->dsa_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (new_cpu_dp) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update the CPU port of the user ports still under the LAG
|
|
|
|
|
* so that dsa_port_to_master() continues to work properly
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_tree_for_each_user_port(dp, dst)
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_to_master(dp) == lag_dev)
|
|
|
|
|
dp->cpu_dp = new_cpu_dp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Update the index of the virtual CPU port to match the lowest
|
|
|
|
|
* physical CPU port
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
lag_dev->dsa_ptr = new_cpu_dp;
|
|
|
|
|
wmb();
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the LAG DSA master has no ports left, migrate back all
|
|
|
|
|
* user ports to the first physical CPU port
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_tree_migrate_ports_from_lag_master(dst, lag_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This DSA master has left its LAG in any case, so let
|
|
|
|
|
* the CPU port leave the hardware LAG as well
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_master_lag_teardown(lag_dev, master->dsa_ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_master_changeupper(struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack;
|
|
|
|
|
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netdev_uses_dsa(dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (netif_is_lag_master(info->upper_dev)) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->linking) {
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_master_lag_join(dev, info->upper_dev,
|
|
|
|
|
info->upper_info, extack);
|
|
|
|
|
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_master_lag_leave(dev, info->upper_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
err = NOTIFY_OK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-04 02:20:16 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_netdevice_event(struct notifier_block *nb,
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
|
2016-03-14 04:21:34 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 08:10:23 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (event) {
|
2020-09-21 08:10:25 +08:00
|
|
|
case NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER: {
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info = ptr;
|
2020-11-03 15:10:55 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
2020-09-21 08:10:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-06-27 19:54:28 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_prechangeupper_sanity_check(dev, info);
|
2022-08-20 01:48:13 +08:00
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
2021-06-27 19:54:28 +08:00
|
|
|
return err;
|
2020-11-03 15:10:55 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:15 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_master_prechangeupper_sanity_check(dev, info);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:07:04 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_lag_master_prechangelower_sanity_check(dev, info);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:14 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_bridge_prechangelower_sanity_check(dev, info);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:12 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_prechangeupper(dev, ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:12 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_lag_prechangeupper(dev, ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
2021-06-27 19:54:29 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2020-09-21 08:10:23 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2020-09-21 08:10:25 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2022-08-20 01:48:12 +08:00
|
|
|
case NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER: {
|
|
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_changeupper(dev, ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:12 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_slave_lag_changeupper(dev, ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:07:04 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_master_changeupper(dev, ptr);
|
|
|
|
|
if (notifier_to_errno(err))
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2022-08-20 01:48:12 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
case NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE: {
|
|
|
|
|
struct netdev_notifier_changelowerstate_info *info = ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp;
|
2022-10-14 23:08:39 +08:00
|
|
|
int err = 0;
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:07:04 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dsa_slave_dev_check(dev)) {
|
|
|
|
|
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_lag_change(dp, info->lower_state_info);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-02-04 02:20:17 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2022-09-11 09:07:04 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Mirror LAG port events on DSA masters that are in
|
|
|
|
|
* a LAG towards their respective switch CPU ports
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (netdev_uses_dsa(dev)) {
|
|
|
|
|
dp = dev->dsa_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_lag_change(dp, info->lower_state_info);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-01-13 16:42:53 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(err);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
net: dsa: provide switch operations for tracking the master state
Certain drivers may need to send management traffic to the switch for
things like register access, FDB dump, etc, to accelerate what their
slow bus (SPI, I2C, MDIO) can already do.
Ethernet is faster (especially in bulk transactions) but is also more
unreliable, since the user may decide to bring the DSA master down (or
not bring it up), therefore severing the link between the host and the
attached switch.
Drivers needing Ethernet-based register access already should have
fallback logic to the slow bus if the Ethernet method fails, but that
fallback may be based on a timeout, and the I/O to the switch may slow
down to a halt if the master is down, because every Ethernet packet will
have to time out. The driver also doesn't have the option to turn off
Ethernet-based I/O momentarily, because it wouldn't know when to turn it
back on.
Which is where this change comes in. By tracking NETDEV_CHANGE,
NETDEV_UP and NETDEV_GOING_DOWN events on the DSA master, we should know
the exact interval of time during which this interface is reliably
available for traffic. Provide this information to switches so they can
use it as they wish.
An helper is added dsa_port_master_is_operational() to check if a master
port is operational.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-02 08:03:20 +08:00
|
|
|
case NETDEV_CHANGE:
|
|
|
|
|
case NETDEV_UP: {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Track state of master port.
|
|
|
|
|
* DSA driver may require the master port (and indirectly
|
|
|
|
|
* the tagger) to be available for some special operation.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (netdev_uses_dsa(dev)) {
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = dev->dsa_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = cpu_dp->ds->dst;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Track when the master port is UP */
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_tree_master_oper_state_change(dst, dev,
|
|
|
|
|
netif_oper_up(dev));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Track when the master port is ready and can accept
|
|
|
|
|
* packet.
|
|
|
|
|
* NETDEV_UP event is not enough to flag a port as ready.
|
|
|
|
|
* We also have to wait for linkwatch_do_dev to dev_activate
|
|
|
|
|
* and emit a NETDEV_CHANGE event.
|
|
|
|
|
* We check if a master port is ready by checking if the dev
|
|
|
|
|
* have a qdisc assigned and is not noop.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_tree_master_admin_state_change(dst, dev,
|
|
|
|
|
!qdisc_tx_is_noop(dev));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_OK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
net: dsa: automatically bring user ports down when master goes down
This is not fixing any actual bug that I know of, but having a DSA
interface that is up even when its lower (master) interface is down is
one of those things that just do not sound right.
Yes, DSA checks if the master is up before actually bringing the
user interface up, but nobody prevents bringing the master interface
down immediately afterwards... Then the user ports would attempt
dev_queue_xmit on an interface that is down, and wonder what's wrong.
This patch prevents that from happening. NETDEV_GOING_DOWN is the
notification emitted _before_ the master actually goes down, and we are
protected by the rtnl_mutex, so all is well.
For those of you reading this because you were doing switch testing
such as latency measurements for autonomously forwarded traffic, and you
needed a controlled environment with no extra packets sent by the
network stack, this patch breaks that, because now the user ports go
down too, which may shut down the PHY etc. But please don't do it like
that, just do instead:
tc qdisc add dev eno2 clsact
tc filter add dev eno2 egress flower action drop
Tested with two cascaded DSA switches:
$ ip link set eno2 down
sja1105 spi2.0 sw0p2: Link is Down
mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Down
fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: Link is Down
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-02-05 21:37:11 +08:00
|
|
|
case NETDEV_GOING_DOWN: {
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp, *cpu_dp;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst;
|
|
|
|
|
LIST_HEAD(close_list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!netdev_uses_dsa(dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cpu_dp = dev->dsa_ptr;
|
|
|
|
|
dst = cpu_dp->ds->dst;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: provide switch operations for tracking the master state
Certain drivers may need to send management traffic to the switch for
things like register access, FDB dump, etc, to accelerate what their
slow bus (SPI, I2C, MDIO) can already do.
Ethernet is faster (especially in bulk transactions) but is also more
unreliable, since the user may decide to bring the DSA master down (or
not bring it up), therefore severing the link between the host and the
attached switch.
Drivers needing Ethernet-based register access already should have
fallback logic to the slow bus if the Ethernet method fails, but that
fallback may be based on a timeout, and the I/O to the switch may slow
down to a halt if the master is down, because every Ethernet packet will
have to time out. The driver also doesn't have the option to turn off
Ethernet-based I/O momentarily, because it wouldn't know when to turn it
back on.
Which is where this change comes in. By tracking NETDEV_CHANGE,
NETDEV_UP and NETDEV_GOING_DOWN events on the DSA master, we should know
the exact interval of time during which this interface is reliably
available for traffic. Provide this information to switches so they can
use it as they wish.
An helper is added dsa_port_master_is_operational() to check if a master
port is operational.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2022-02-02 08:03:20 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_tree_master_admin_state_change(dst, dev, false);
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: automatically bring user ports down when master goes down
This is not fixing any actual bug that I know of, but having a DSA
interface that is up even when its lower (master) interface is down is
one of those things that just do not sound right.
Yes, DSA checks if the master is up before actually bringing the
user interface up, but nobody prevents bringing the master interface
down immediately afterwards... Then the user ports would attempt
dev_queue_xmit on an interface that is down, and wonder what's wrong.
This patch prevents that from happening. NETDEV_GOING_DOWN is the
notification emitted _before_ the master actually goes down, and we are
protected by the rtnl_mutex, so all is well.
For those of you reading this because you were doing switch testing
such as latency measurements for autonomously forwarded traffic, and you
needed a controlled environment with no extra packets sent by the
network stack, this patch breaks that, because now the user ports go
down too, which may shut down the PHY etc. But please don't do it like
that, just do instead:
tc qdisc add dev eno2 clsact
tc filter add dev eno2 egress flower action drop
Tested with two cascaded DSA switches:
$ ip link set eno2 down
sja1105 spi2.0 sw0p2: Link is Down
mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Down
fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: Link is Down
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-02-05 21:37:11 +08:00
|
|
|
list_for_each_entry(dp, &dst->ports, list) {
|
2021-10-21 01:49:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dsa_port_is_user(dp))
|
net: dsa: automatically bring user ports down when master goes down
This is not fixing any actual bug that I know of, but having a DSA
interface that is up even when its lower (master) interface is down is
one of those things that just do not sound right.
Yes, DSA checks if the master is up before actually bringing the
user interface up, but nobody prevents bringing the master interface
down immediately afterwards... Then the user ports would attempt
dev_queue_xmit on an interface that is down, and wonder what's wrong.
This patch prevents that from happening. NETDEV_GOING_DOWN is the
notification emitted _before_ the master actually goes down, and we are
protected by the rtnl_mutex, so all is well.
For those of you reading this because you were doing switch testing
such as latency measurements for autonomously forwarded traffic, and you
needed a controlled environment with no extra packets sent by the
network stack, this patch breaks that, because now the user ports go
down too, which may shut down the PHY etc. But please don't do it like
that, just do instead:
tc qdisc add dev eno2 clsact
tc filter add dev eno2 egress flower action drop
Tested with two cascaded DSA switches:
$ ip link set eno2 down
sja1105 spi2.0 sw0p2: Link is Down
mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Down
fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: Link is Down
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-02-05 21:37:11 +08:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-08-20 01:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dp->cpu_dp != cpu_dp)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: automatically bring user ports down when master goes down
This is not fixing any actual bug that I know of, but having a DSA
interface that is up even when its lower (master) interface is down is
one of those things that just do not sound right.
Yes, DSA checks if the master is up before actually bringing the
user interface up, but nobody prevents bringing the master interface
down immediately afterwards... Then the user ports would attempt
dev_queue_xmit on an interface that is down, and wonder what's wrong.
This patch prevents that from happening. NETDEV_GOING_DOWN is the
notification emitted _before_ the master actually goes down, and we are
protected by the rtnl_mutex, so all is well.
For those of you reading this because you were doing switch testing
such as latency measurements for autonomously forwarded traffic, and you
needed a controlled environment with no extra packets sent by the
network stack, this patch breaks that, because now the user ports go
down too, which may shut down the PHY etc. But please don't do it like
that, just do instead:
tc qdisc add dev eno2 clsact
tc filter add dev eno2 egress flower action drop
Tested with two cascaded DSA switches:
$ ip link set eno2 down
sja1105 spi2.0 sw0p2: Link is Down
mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: Link is Down
fsl_enetc 0000:00:00.2 eno2: Link is Down
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-02-05 21:37:11 +08:00
|
|
|
list_add(&dp->slave->close_list, &close_list);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dev_close_many(&close_list, true);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_OK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
2019-02-21 06:35:38 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2015-02-25 05:15:33 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2017-02-04 02:20:16 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-01-06 17:51:32 +08:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_fdb_offload_notify(struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2021-08-10 19:50:24 +08:00
|
|
|
struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info info = {};
|
2021-01-06 17:51:32 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
info.addr = switchdev_work->addr;
|
|
|
|
|
info.vid = switchdev_work->vid;
|
|
|
|
|
info.offloaded = true;
|
|
|
|
|
call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_OFFLOADED,
|
2022-02-23 22:00:52 +08:00
|
|
|
switchdev_work->orig_dev, &info.info, NULL);
|
2021-01-06 17:51:32 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work(struct work_struct *work)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work =
|
|
|
|
|
container_of(work, struct dsa_switchdev_event_work, work);
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
const unsigned char *addr = switchdev_work->addr;
|
2022-02-23 22:00:51 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_work->dev;
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
u16 vid = switchdev_work->vid;
|
2022-02-23 22:00:51 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds;
|
2021-01-06 17:51:32 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp;
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-02-23 22:00:51 +08:00
|
|
|
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
ds = dp->ds;
|
2021-01-06 17:51:32 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (switchdev_work->event) {
|
|
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE:
|
2021-06-29 22:06:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (switchdev_work->host_addr)
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_bridge_host_fdb_add(dp, addr, vid);
|
net: dsa: support FDB events on offloaded LAG interfaces
This change introduces support for installing static FDB entries towards
a bridge port that is a LAG of multiple DSA switch ports, as well as
support for filtering towards the CPU local FDB entries emitted for LAG
interfaces that are bridge ports.
Conceptually, host addresses on LAG ports are identical to what we do
for plain bridge ports. Whereas FDB entries _towards_ a LAG can't simply
be replicated towards all member ports like we do for multicast, or VLAN.
Instead we need new driver API. Hardware usually considers a LAG to be a
"logical port", and sets the entire LAG as the forwarding destination.
The physical egress port selection within the LAG is made by hashing
policy, as usual.
To represent the logical port corresponding to the LAG, we pass by value
a copy of the dsa_lag structure to all switches in the tree that have at
least one port in that LAG.
To illustrate why a refcounted list of FDB entries is needed in struct
dsa_lag, it is enough to say that:
- a LAG may be a bridge port and may therefore receive FDB events even
while it isn't yet offloaded by any DSA interface
- DSA interfaces may be removed from a LAG while that is a bridge port;
we don't want FDB entries lingering around, but we don't want to
remove entries that are still in use, either
For all the cases below to work, the idea is to always keep an FDB entry
on a LAG with a reference count equal to the DSA member ports. So:
- if a port joins a LAG, it requests the bridge to replay the FDB, and
the FDB entries get created, or their refcount gets bumped by one
- if a port leaves a LAG, the FDB replay deletes or decrements refcount
by one
- if an FDB is installed towards a LAG with ports already present, that
entry is created (if it doesn't exist) and its refcount is bumped by
the amount of ports already present in the LAG
echo "Adding FDB entry to bond with existing ports"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond, then removing ports one by one"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp1 nomaster
ip link set swp2 nomaster
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-02-23 22:00:53 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (dp->lag)
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_lag_fdb_add(dp, addr, vid);
|
2021-06-29 22:06:51 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_fdb_add(dp, addr, vid);
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
2021-01-06 17:51:32 +08:00
|
|
|
dev_err(ds->dev,
|
|
|
|
|
"port %d failed to add %pM vid %d to fdb: %d\n",
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
dp->index, addr, vid, err);
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-01-06 17:51:32 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_fdb_offload_notify(switchdev_work);
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
|
2021-06-29 22:06:51 +08:00
|
|
|
if (switchdev_work->host_addr)
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_bridge_host_fdb_del(dp, addr, vid);
|
net: dsa: support FDB events on offloaded LAG interfaces
This change introduces support for installing static FDB entries towards
a bridge port that is a LAG of multiple DSA switch ports, as well as
support for filtering towards the CPU local FDB entries emitted for LAG
interfaces that are bridge ports.
Conceptually, host addresses on LAG ports are identical to what we do
for plain bridge ports. Whereas FDB entries _towards_ a LAG can't simply
be replicated towards all member ports like we do for multicast, or VLAN.
Instead we need new driver API. Hardware usually considers a LAG to be a
"logical port", and sets the entire LAG as the forwarding destination.
The physical egress port selection within the LAG is made by hashing
policy, as usual.
To represent the logical port corresponding to the LAG, we pass by value
a copy of the dsa_lag structure to all switches in the tree that have at
least one port in that LAG.
To illustrate why a refcounted list of FDB entries is needed in struct
dsa_lag, it is enough to say that:
- a LAG may be a bridge port and may therefore receive FDB events even
while it isn't yet offloaded by any DSA interface
- DSA interfaces may be removed from a LAG while that is a bridge port;
we don't want FDB entries lingering around, but we don't want to
remove entries that are still in use, either
For all the cases below to work, the idea is to always keep an FDB entry
on a LAG with a reference count equal to the DSA member ports. So:
- if a port joins a LAG, it requests the bridge to replay the FDB, and
the FDB entries get created, or their refcount gets bumped by one
- if a port leaves a LAG, the FDB replay deletes or decrements refcount
by one
- if an FDB is installed towards a LAG with ports already present, that
entry is created (if it doesn't exist) and its refcount is bumped by
the amount of ports already present in the LAG
echo "Adding FDB entry to bond with existing ports"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond, then removing ports one by one"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp1 nomaster
ip link set swp2 nomaster
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-02-23 22:00:53 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (dp->lag)
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_lag_fdb_del(dp, addr, vid);
|
2021-06-29 22:06:51 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
err = dsa_port_fdb_del(dp, addr, vid);
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (err) {
|
2021-01-06 17:51:32 +08:00
|
|
|
dev_err(ds->dev,
|
|
|
|
|
"port %d failed to delete %pM vid %d from fdb: %d\n",
|
2022-03-03 03:14:09 +08:00
|
|
|
dp->index, addr, vid, err);
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2021-01-06 17:51:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
kfree(switchdev_work);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
static bool dsa_foreign_dev_check(const struct net_device *dev,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct net_device *foreign_dev)
|
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors
Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from
packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address
learning from inbound traffic.
This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch
ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from
DSA's perspective).
There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on
CPU-injected traffic:
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as
unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which
is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there
is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single
bridging domain).
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^ ^
| | |
| | |
| Client A Client B
|
|
|
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0
- the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with
the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that
clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware
switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU.
Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't.
- the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that
Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0
of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're
illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP
2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0.
One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and
roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this:
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^
| |
| Client A
|
|
| Client B
| |
| v
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change)
- br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There
are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today
does not process that notification in any way.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that
Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with
Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B
can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0,
because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port.
Now Client A contacts Client B.
AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet
segment.
AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0.
Hairpinning is disabled => drop.
This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot'
for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not
to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen
to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does
learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish.
A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the
addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software
bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old
entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When
it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the
CPU too, and wait.
The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE
events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries.
Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB
add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted
by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is
true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in
the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA
switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign
interface.
In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user
check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a
DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped
events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier.
This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating
and freeing switchdev_work.
We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example,
multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two
bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service
the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one
of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the
CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved
with reference counting but is left for another time.
This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting
ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want
to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through
MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it
because address learning on the CPU port works there.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
const struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = dp->ds->dst;
|
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors
Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from
packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address
learning from inbound traffic.
This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch
ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from
DSA's perspective).
There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on
CPU-injected traffic:
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as
unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which
is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there
is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single
bridging domain).
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^ ^
| | |
| | |
| Client A Client B
|
|
|
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0
- the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with
the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that
clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware
switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU.
Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't.
- the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that
Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0
of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're
illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP
2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0.
One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and
roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this:
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^
| |
| Client A
|
|
| Client B
| |
| v
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change)
- br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There
are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today
does not process that notification in any way.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that
Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with
Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B
can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0,
because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port.
Now Client A contacts Client B.
AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet
segment.
AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0.
Hairpinning is disabled => drop.
This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot'
for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not
to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen
to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does
learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish.
A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the
addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software
bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old
entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When
it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the
CPU too, and wait.
The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE
events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries.
Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB
add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted
by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is
true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in
the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA
switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign
interface.
In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user
check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a
DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped
events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier.
This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating
and freeing switchdev_work.
We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example,
multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two
bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service
the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one
of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the
CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved
with reference counting but is left for another time.
This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting
ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want
to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through
MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it
because address learning on the CPU port works there.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
if (netif_is_bridge_master(foreign_dev))
|
2021-12-07 00:57:54 +08:00
|
|
|
return !dsa_tree_offloads_bridge_dev(dst, foreign_dev);
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (netif_is_bridge_port(foreign_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return !dsa_tree_offloads_bridge_port(dst, foreign_dev);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Everything else is foreign */
|
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors
Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from
packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address
learning from inbound traffic.
This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch
ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from
DSA's perspective).
There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on
CPU-injected traffic:
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as
unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which
is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there
is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single
bridging domain).
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^ ^
| | |
| | |
| Client A Client B
|
|
|
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0
- the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with
the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that
clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware
switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU.
Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't.
- the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that
Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0
of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're
illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP
2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0.
One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and
roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this:
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^
| |
| Client A
|
|
| Client B
| |
| v
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change)
- br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There
are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today
does not process that notification in any way.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that
Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with
Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B
can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0,
because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port.
Now Client A contacts Client B.
AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet
segment.
AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0.
Hairpinning is disabled => drop.
This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot'
for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not
to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen
to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does
learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish.
A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the
addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software
bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old
entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When
it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the
CPU too, and wait.
The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE
events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries.
Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB
add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted
by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is
true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in
the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA
switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign
interface.
In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user
check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a
DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped
events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier.
This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating
and freeing switchdev_work.
We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example,
multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two
bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service
the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one
of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the
CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved
with reference counting but is left for another time.
This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting
ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want
to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through
MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it
because address learning on the CPU port works there.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_fdb_event(struct net_device *dev,
|
2021-10-26 22:27:43 +08:00
|
|
|
struct net_device *orig_dev,
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long event, const void *ctx,
|
|
|
|
|
const struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info *fdb_info)
|
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors
Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from
packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address
learning from inbound traffic.
This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch
ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from
DSA's perspective).
There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on
CPU-injected traffic:
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as
unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which
is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there
is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single
bridging domain).
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^ ^
| | |
| | |
| Client A Client B
|
|
|
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0
- the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with
the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that
clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware
switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU.
Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't.
- the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that
Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0
of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're
illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP
2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0.
One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and
roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this:
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^
| |
| Client A
|
|
| Client B
| |
| v
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change)
- br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There
are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today
does not process that notification in any way.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that
Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with
Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B
can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0,
because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port.
Now Client A contacts Client B.
AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet
segment.
AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0.
Hairpinning is disabled => drop.
This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot'
for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not
to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen
to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does
learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish.
A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the
addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software
bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old
entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When
it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the
CPU too, and wait.
The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE
events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries.
Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB
add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted
by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is
true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in
the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA
switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign
interface.
In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user
check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a
DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped
events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier.
This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating
and freeing switchdev_work.
We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example,
multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two
bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service
the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one
of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the
CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved
with reference counting but is left for another time.
This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting
ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want
to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through
MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it
because address learning on the CPU port works there.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
|
|
|
|
|
bool host_addr = fdb_info->is_local;
|
|
|
|
|
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ctx && ctx != dp)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2022-03-16 07:30:33 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!dp->bridge)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: support FDB events on offloaded LAG interfaces
This change introduces support for installing static FDB entries towards
a bridge port that is a LAG of multiple DSA switch ports, as well as
support for filtering towards the CPU local FDB entries emitted for LAG
interfaces that are bridge ports.
Conceptually, host addresses on LAG ports are identical to what we do
for plain bridge ports. Whereas FDB entries _towards_ a LAG can't simply
be replicated towards all member ports like we do for multicast, or VLAN.
Instead we need new driver API. Hardware usually considers a LAG to be a
"logical port", and sets the entire LAG as the forwarding destination.
The physical egress port selection within the LAG is made by hashing
policy, as usual.
To represent the logical port corresponding to the LAG, we pass by value
a copy of the dsa_lag structure to all switches in the tree that have at
least one port in that LAG.
To illustrate why a refcounted list of FDB entries is needed in struct
dsa_lag, it is enough to say that:
- a LAG may be a bridge port and may therefore receive FDB events even
while it isn't yet offloaded by any DSA interface
- DSA interfaces may be removed from a LAG while that is a bridge port;
we don't want FDB entries lingering around, but we don't want to
remove entries that are still in use, either
For all the cases below to work, the idea is to always keep an FDB entry
on a LAG with a reference count equal to the DSA member ports. So:
- if a port joins a LAG, it requests the bridge to replay the FDB, and
the FDB entries get created, or their refcount gets bumped by one
- if a port leaves a LAG, the FDB replay deletes or decrements refcount
by one
- if an FDB is installed towards a LAG with ports already present, that
entry is created (if it doesn't exist) and its refcount is bumped by
the amount of ports already present in the LAG
echo "Adding FDB entry to bond with existing ports"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond, then removing ports one by one"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp1 nomaster
ip link set swp2 nomaster
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-02-23 22:00:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (switchdev_fdb_is_dynamically_learned(fdb_info)) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port(dp, orig_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: support FDB events on offloaded LAG interfaces
This change introduces support for installing static FDB entries towards
a bridge port that is a LAG of multiple DSA switch ports, as well as
support for filtering towards the CPU local FDB entries emitted for LAG
interfaces that are bridge ports.
Conceptually, host addresses on LAG ports are identical to what we do
for plain bridge ports. Whereas FDB entries _towards_ a LAG can't simply
be replicated towards all member ports like we do for multicast, or VLAN.
Instead we need new driver API. Hardware usually considers a LAG to be a
"logical port", and sets the entire LAG as the forwarding destination.
The physical egress port selection within the LAG is made by hashing
policy, as usual.
To represent the logical port corresponding to the LAG, we pass by value
a copy of the dsa_lag structure to all switches in the tree that have at
least one port in that LAG.
To illustrate why a refcounted list of FDB entries is needed in struct
dsa_lag, it is enough to say that:
- a LAG may be a bridge port and may therefore receive FDB events even
while it isn't yet offloaded by any DSA interface
- DSA interfaces may be removed from a LAG while that is a bridge port;
we don't want FDB entries lingering around, but we don't want to
remove entries that are still in use, either
For all the cases below to work, the idea is to always keep an FDB entry
on a LAG with a reference count equal to the DSA member ports. So:
- if a port joins a LAG, it requests the bridge to replay the FDB, and
the FDB entries get created, or their refcount gets bumped by one
- if a port leaves a LAG, the FDB replay deletes or decrements refcount
by one
- if an FDB is installed towards a LAG with ports already present, that
entry is created (if it doesn't exist) and its refcount is bumped by
the amount of ports already present in the LAG
echo "Adding FDB entry to bond with existing ports"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond, then removing ports one by one"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp1 nomaster
ip link set swp2 nomaster
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-02-23 22:00:53 +08:00
|
|
|
/* FDB entries learned by the software bridge or by foreign
|
|
|
|
|
* bridge ports should be installed as host addresses only if
|
|
|
|
|
* the driver requests assisted learning.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Also treat FDB entries on foreign interfaces bridged with us as host
|
|
|
|
|
* addresses.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (dsa_foreign_dev_check(dev, orig_dev))
|
|
|
|
|
host_addr = true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
net: dsa: support FDB events on offloaded LAG interfaces
This change introduces support for installing static FDB entries towards
a bridge port that is a LAG of multiple DSA switch ports, as well as
support for filtering towards the CPU local FDB entries emitted for LAG
interfaces that are bridge ports.
Conceptually, host addresses on LAG ports are identical to what we do
for plain bridge ports. Whereas FDB entries _towards_ a LAG can't simply
be replicated towards all member ports like we do for multicast, or VLAN.
Instead we need new driver API. Hardware usually considers a LAG to be a
"logical port", and sets the entire LAG as the forwarding destination.
The physical egress port selection within the LAG is made by hashing
policy, as usual.
To represent the logical port corresponding to the LAG, we pass by value
a copy of the dsa_lag structure to all switches in the tree that have at
least one port in that LAG.
To illustrate why a refcounted list of FDB entries is needed in struct
dsa_lag, it is enough to say that:
- a LAG may be a bridge port and may therefore receive FDB events even
while it isn't yet offloaded by any DSA interface
- DSA interfaces may be removed from a LAG while that is a bridge port;
we don't want FDB entries lingering around, but we don't want to
remove entries that are still in use, either
For all the cases below to work, the idea is to always keep an FDB entry
on a LAG with a reference count equal to the DSA member ports. So:
- if a port joins a LAG, it requests the bridge to replay the FDB, and
the FDB entries get created, or their refcount gets bumped by one
- if a port leaves a LAG, the FDB replay deletes or decrements refcount
by one
- if an FDB is installed towards a LAG with ports already present, that
entry is created (if it doesn't exist) and its refcount is bumped by
the amount of ports already present in the LAG
echo "Adding FDB entry to bond with existing ports"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond, then removing ports one by one"
ip link del bond0
ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad
ip link del br0
ip link add br0 type bridge
ip link set bond0 master br0
bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static
ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up
ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up
ip link set swp1 nomaster
ip link set swp2 nomaster
ip link del br0
ip link del bond0
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-02-23 22:00:53 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Check early that we're not doing work in vain.
|
|
|
|
|
* Host addresses on LAG ports still require regular FDB ops,
|
|
|
|
|
* since the CPU port isn't in a LAG.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (dp->lag && !host_addr) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->lag_fdb_add || !ds->ops->lag_fdb_del)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ds->ops->port_fdb_add || !ds->ops->port_fdb_del)
|
|
|
|
|
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
switchdev_work = kzalloc(sizeof(*switchdev_work), GFP_ATOMIC);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!switchdev_work)
|
|
|
|
|
return -ENOMEM;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
netdev_dbg(dev, "%s FDB entry towards %s, addr %pM vid %d%s\n",
|
|
|
|
|
event == SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE ? "Adding" : "Deleting",
|
|
|
|
|
orig_dev->name, fdb_info->addr, fdb_info->vid,
|
|
|
|
|
host_addr ? " as host address" : "");
|
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors
Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from
packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address
learning from inbound traffic.
This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch
ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from
DSA's perspective).
There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on
CPU-injected traffic:
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as
unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which
is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there
is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single
bridging domain).
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^ ^
| | |
| | |
| Client A Client B
|
|
|
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0
- the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with
the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that
clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware
switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU.
Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't.
- the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that
Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0
of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're
illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP
2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0.
One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and
roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this:
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^
| |
| Client A
|
|
| Client B
| |
| v
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change)
- br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There
are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today
does not process that notification in any way.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that
Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with
Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B
can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0,
because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port.
Now Client A contacts Client B.
AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet
segment.
AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0.
Hairpinning is disabled => drop.
This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot'
for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not
to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen
to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does
learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish.
A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the
addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software
bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old
entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When
it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the
CPU too, and wait.
The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE
events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries.
Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB
add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted
by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is
true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in
the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA
switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign
interface.
In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user
check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a
DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped
events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier.
This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating
and freeing switchdev_work.
We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example,
multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two
bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service
the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one
of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the
CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved
with reference counting but is left for another time.
This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting
ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want
to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through
MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it
because address learning on the CPU port works there.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
INIT_WORK(&switchdev_work->work, dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work);
|
|
|
|
|
switchdev_work->event = event;
|
|
|
|
|
switchdev_work->dev = dev;
|
2022-02-23 22:00:52 +08:00
|
|
|
switchdev_work->orig_dev = orig_dev;
|
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors
Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from
packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address
learning from inbound traffic.
This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch
ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from
DSA's perspective).
There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on
CPU-injected traffic:
- excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as
unknown
- the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss
To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which
is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there
is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single
bridging domain).
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^ ^
| | |
| | |
| Client A Client B
|
|
|
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0
- the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with
the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that
clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware
switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU.
Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't.
- the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that
Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0
of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're
illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP
2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0.
One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and
roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this:
AP 1:
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| ^
| |
| Client A
|
|
| Client B
| |
| v
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
| swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 |
+------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| br0 |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
AP 2
- br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change)
- br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There
are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today
does not process that notification in any way.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that
Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with
Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet.
- the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B
can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0,
because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port.
Now Client A contacts Client B.
AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet
segment.
AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0.
Hairpinning is disabled => drop.
This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot'
for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not
to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen
to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does
learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish.
A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the
addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software
bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old
entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When
it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the
CPU too, and wait.
The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE
events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries.
Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB
add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted
by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is
true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in
the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA
switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign
interface.
In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user
check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a
DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped
events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier.
This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating
and freeing switchdev_work.
We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example,
multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two
bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service
the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one
of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the
CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved
with reference counting but is left for another time.
This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting
ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want
to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through
MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it
because address learning on the CPU port works there.
Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2021-01-06 17:51:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ether_addr_copy(switchdev_work->addr, fdb_info->addr);
|
|
|
|
|
switchdev_work->vid = fdb_info->vid;
|
|
|
|
|
switchdev_work->host_addr = host_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_schedule_work(&switchdev_work->work);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
/* Called under rcu_read_lock() */
|
|
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_switchdev_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-01-06 17:51:33 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (event) {
|
|
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET:
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
err = switchdev_handle_port_attr_set(dev, ptr,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_dev_check,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_port_attr_set);
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(err);
|
2021-01-06 17:51:33 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE:
|
|
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
|
2021-10-26 22:27:43 +08:00
|
|
|
err = switchdev_handle_fdb_event_to_device(dev, event, ptr,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_dev_check,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_foreign_dev_check,
|
net: switchdev: remove lag_mod_cb from switchdev_handle_fdb_event_to_device
When the switchdev_handle_fdb_event_to_device() event replication helper
was created, my original thought was that FDB events on LAG interfaces
should most likely be special-cased, not just replicated towards all
switchdev ports beneath that LAG. So this replication helper currently
does not recurse through switchdev lower interfaces of LAG bridge ports,
but rather calls the lag_mod_cb() if that was provided.
No switchdev driver uses this helper for FDB events on LAG interfaces
yet, so that was an assumption which was yet to be tested. It is
certainly usable for that purpose, as my RFC series shows:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/cover/20220210125201.2859463-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/
however this approach is slightly convoluted because:
- the switchdev driver gets a "dev" that isn't its own net device, but
rather the LAG net device. It must call switchdev_lower_dev_find(dev)
in order to get a handle of any of its own net devices (the ones that
pass check_cb).
- in order for FDB entries on LAG ports to be correctly refcounted per
the number of switchdev ports beneath that LAG, we haven't escaped the
need to iterate through the LAG's lower interfaces. Except that is now
the responsibility of the switchdev driver, because the replication
helper just stopped half-way.
So, even though yes, FDB events on LAG bridge ports must be
special-cased, in the end it's simpler to let switchdev_handle_fdb_*
just iterate through the LAG port's switchdev lowers, and let the
switchdev driver figure out that those physical ports are under a LAG.
The switchdev_handle_fdb_event_to_device() helper takes a
"foreign_dev_check" callback so it can figure out whether @dev can
autonomously forward to @foreign_dev. DSA fills this method properly:
if the LAG is offloaded by another port in the same tree as @dev, then
it isn't foreign. If it is a software LAG, it is foreign - forwarding
happens in software.
Whether an interface is foreign or not decides whether the replication
helper will go through the LAG's switchdev lowers or not. Since the
lan966x doesn't properly fill this out, FDB events on software LAG
uppers will get called. By changing lan966x_foreign_dev_check(), we can
suppress them.
Whereas DSA will now start receiving FDB events for its offloaded LAG
uppers, so we need to return -EOPNOTSUPP, since we currently don't do
the right thing for them.
Cc: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
2022-02-23 22:00:50 +08:00
|
|
|
dsa_slave_fdb_event);
|
2021-07-19 21:51:40 +08:00
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(err);
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_OK;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
static int dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (event) {
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD:
|
2022-02-16 01:02:18 +08:00
|
|
|
err = switchdev_handle_port_obj_add_foreign(dev, ptr,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_dev_check,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_foreign_dev_check,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_port_obj_add);
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(err);
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_DEL:
|
2022-02-16 01:02:18 +08:00
|
|
|
err = switchdev_handle_port_obj_del_foreign(dev, ptr,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_dev_check,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_foreign_dev_check,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_port_obj_del);
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(err);
|
2019-02-28 03:44:27 +08:00
|
|
|
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET:
|
2019-06-15 01:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
err = switchdev_handle_port_attr_set(dev, ptr,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_dev_check,
|
|
|
|
|
dsa_slave_port_attr_set);
|
|
|
|
|
return notifier_from_errno(err);
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return NOTIFY_DONE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-04 02:20:16 +08:00
|
|
|
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_nb __read_mostly = {
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_netdevice_event,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-23 07:51:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct notifier_block dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier = {
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_switchdev_event,
|
2017-02-04 02:20:16 +08:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2021-03-23 07:51:50 +08:00
|
|
|
struct notifier_block dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier = {
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_event,
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-04 02:20:16 +08:00
|
|
|
int dsa_slave_register_notifier(void)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
struct notifier_block *nb;
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = register_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
err = register_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto err_switchdev_nb;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
nb = &dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier;
|
|
|
|
|
err = register_switchdev_blocking_notifier(nb);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
goto err_switchdev_blocking_nb;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
err_switchdev_blocking_nb:
|
|
|
|
|
unregister_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
err_switchdev_nb:
|
|
|
|
|
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
|
|
|
|
|
return err;
|
2017-02-04 02:20:16 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void dsa_slave_unregister_notifier(void)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
struct notifier_block *nb;
|
2017-02-04 02:20:16 +08:00
|
|
|
int err;
|
|
|
|
|
|
2018-11-23 07:29:05 +08:00
|
|
|
nb = &dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier;
|
|
|
|
|
err = unregister_switchdev_blocking_notifier(nb);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister switchdev blocking notifier (%d)\n", err);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-08-06 21:15:42 +08:00
|
|
|
err = unregister_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister switchdev notifier (%d)\n", err);
|
|
|
|
|
|
2017-02-04 02:20:16 +08:00
|
|
|
err = unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
|
|
|
|
|
if (err)
|
|
|
|
|
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister slave notifier (%d)\n", err);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
